Edgar Filing: HCA Holdings, Inc.

FORM 10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 1-11239

HCA Holdings, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


Delaware		27-3865930
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Park Plaza Nashville, Tennessee		37203
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (615) 344-9551

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of Each Class		Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value		New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer	x		Accelerated filer	¨

Non-accelerated filer	¨	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

As of January 31, 2013, there were 443,609,800 outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock. As of June 30, 2012, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by nonaffiliates was approximately $5.130 billion. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, Hercules Holding II, LLC and the Registrant’s directors and executive officers have been deemed to be affiliates.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy materials for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

INDEX


		Page Reference
Part I
Item 1.	Business		3

Item 1A.	Risk Factors		39

Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		54

Item 2.	Properties		54

Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		55

Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		57

Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		58

Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		60

Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		62

Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		88

Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		88

Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		88

Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		88

Item 9B.	Other Information		90

Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		90

Item 11.	Executive Compensation		90

Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		90

Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		91

Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		91

Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		92

	Signatures		104

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

HCA Holdings, Inc. is one of the leading health care services companies in the United States. At December 31, 2012, we operated 162 hospitals, comprised of 156 general, acute care hospitals; five psychiatric hospitals; and one rehabilitation hospital. In addition, we operated 112 freestanding surgery centers. Our facilities are located in 20 states and England.

The terms “Company,” “HCA,” “we,” “our” or “us,” as used herein and unless otherwise stated or indicated by context, refer to HCA Inc. and its affiliates prior to the Corporate Reorganization (as defined below) and to HCA Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates after the Corporate Reorganization. The term “affiliates” means direct and indirect subsidiaries of HCA Holdings, Inc. and partnerships and joint ventures in which such subsidiaries are partners. The terms “facilities” or “hospitals” refer to entities owned and operated by affiliates of HCA and the term “employees” refers to employees of affiliates of HCA.

Our primary objective is to provide a comprehensive array of quality health care services in the most cost-effective manner possible. Our general, acute care hospitals typically provide a full range of services to accommodate such medical specialties as internal medicine, general surgery, cardiology, oncology, neurosurgery, orthopedics and obstetrics, as well as diagnostic and emergency services. Outpatient and ancillary health care services are provided by our general, acute care hospitals, freestanding surgery centers, diagnostic centers and rehabilitation facilities. Our psychiatric hospitals provide a full range of mental health care services through inpatient, partial hospitalization and outpatient settings.

On November 17, 2006, HCA Inc. was acquired by a private investor group, including affiliates of or funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., BAML Capital Partners and HCA founder, Dr. Thomas F. Frist, Jr. (collectively, the “Investors”) and by members of management and certain other investors. The transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization in our financial statements, with no adjustments to the historical basis of our assets and liabilities.

During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87,719,300 shares of our common stock at a price of $30.00 per share (before deducting underwriter discounts, commissions and other related offering expenses). Certain of our stockholders also sold 57,410,700 shares of our common stock in this offering. We did not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. During December 2012, certain Investors sold 32,000,000 shares of our common stock. During February 2013, certain Investors sold 50,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the Investors. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol “HCA”).

The Company was incorporated in Nevada in January 1990 and reincorporated in Delaware in September 1993. Our principal executive offices are located at One Park Plaza, Nashville, Tennessee 37203, and our telephone number is (615) 344-9551.

Corporate Reorganization

On November 22, 2010, HCA Inc. reorganized by creating a new holding company structure (the “Corporate Reorganization”). We are the new parent company, and HCA Inc. is now our wholly-owned direct subsidiary. As part of the Corporate Reorganization, HCA Inc.’s outstanding shares of capital stock were automatically converted, on a share for share basis, into identical shares of our common stock. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, we are deemed the successor registrant to HCA Inc. under the Exchange Act. As part of the Corporate Reorganization, we became a guarantor but did not assume the debt of HCA Inc.’s outstanding secured notes.

Following the Corporate Reorganization, the right to receive HCA Inc.’s common stock under its various compensation plans and agreements automatically converted into rights for the same number of shares of our common stock, with the same rights and conditions as the corresponding HCA Inc. rights prior to the Corporate Reorganization.

Available Information

We file certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. We are an electronic filer, and the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file electronically. Our website address is www.hcahealthcare.com. Please note that our website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. We make available free of charge, through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information provided on our website is not part of this report, and is therefore not incorporated by reference unless such information is specifically referenced elsewhere in this report.

Our Code of Conduct is available free of charge upon request to our Corporate Secretary, HCA Holdings, Inc., One Park Plaza, Nashville, Tennessee 37203.

Business Strategy

We are committed to providing the communities we serve with high quality, cost-effective health care while growing our business, increasing our profitability and creating long-term value for our stockholders. To achieve these objectives, we align our efforts around the following growth agenda:

•

grow our presence in existing markets;

•

achieve industry-leading performance in clinical and satisfaction measures;

•

recruit and employ physicians to meet the need for high quality health services;

•

continue to leverage our scale and market positions to enhance profitability; and

•

selectively pursue a disciplined development strategy.

Health Care Facilities

We currently own, manage or operate hospitals; freestanding surgery centers; diagnostic and imaging centers; radiation and oncology therapy centers; comprehensive rehabilitation and physical therapy centers; and various other facilities.

At December 31, 2012, we owned and operated 156 general, acute care hospitals with 41,198 licensed beds. Most of our general, acute care hospitals provide medical and surgical services, including inpatient care, intensive care, cardiac care, diagnostic services and emergency services. The general, acute care hospitals also provide outpatient services such as outpatient surgery, laboratory, radiology, respiratory therapy, cardiology and physical therapy. Each hospital has an organized medical staff and a local board of trustees or governing board, made up of members of the local community.

Our hospitals do not typically engage in extensive medical research and education programs. However, some of our hospitals are affiliated with medical schools and may participate in the clinical rotation of medical interns and residents and other education programs.

At December 31, 2012, we operated five psychiatric hospitals with 506 licensed beds. Our psychiatric hospitals provide therapeutic programs including child, adolescent and adult psychiatric care, adult and adolescent alcohol and drug abuse treatment and counseling.

We also operate outpatient health care facilities which include freestanding ambulatory surgery centers (“ASCs”), freestanding emergency care facilities, diagnostic and imaging centers, comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation and physical therapy centers, outpatient radiation and oncology therapy centers and various other facilities. These outpatient services are an integral component of our strategy to develop comprehensive health care networks in select communities. Most of our ASCs are operated through partnerships or limited liability companies, with majority ownership of each partnership or limited liability company typically held by a general partner or subsidiary that is an affiliate of HCA.

Certain of our affiliates provide a variety of management services to our health care facilities, including patient safety programs; ethics and compliance programs; national supply contracts; equipment purchasing and leasing contracts; accounting, financial and clinical systems; governmental reimbursement assistance; construction planning and coordination; information technology systems and solutions; legal counsel; human resources services; and internal audit services.

Sources of Revenue

Hospital revenues depend upon inpatient occupancy levels, the medical and ancillary services ordered by physicians and provided to patients, the volume of outpatient procedures and the charges or payment rates for such services. Charges and reimbursement rates for inpatient services vary significantly depending on the type of payer, the type of service (e.g., medical/surgical, intensive care or psychiatric) and the geographic location of the hospital. Inpatient occupancy levels fluctuate for various reasons, many of which are beyond our control.

We receive payments for patient services from the federal government under the Medicare program, state governments under their respective Medicaid or similar programs, managed care plans, private insurers and directly from patients. Our revenues from third-party payers and the uninsured for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			Ratio			2011			Ratio			2010			Ratio
Medicare	$	8,292			25.1	%	$	7,653			25.8	%	$	7,203			25.7	%
Managed Medicare		2,954			8.9			2,442			8.2			2,162			7.7
Medicaid		1,464			4.4			1,845			6.2			1,962			7.0
Managed Medicaid		1,504			4.6			1,265			4.3			1,165			4.2
Managed care and other insurers		17,998			54.5			15,703			52.9			14,762			52.7
International (managed care and other insurers)		1,060			3.2			938			3.2			784			2.8

		33,272			100.7			29,846			100.6			28,038			100.1
Uninsured		2,580			7.8			1,846			6.2			1,732			6.2
Other		931			2.8			814			2.7			913			3.3

Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts		36,783			111.3			32,506			109.5			30,683			109.6
Provision for doubtful accounts		(3,770	)		(11.3	)		(2,824	)		(9.5	)		(2,648	)		(9.6	)

Revenues	$	33,013			100.0	%	$	29,682			100.0	%	$	28,035			100.0	%

Medicare is a federal program that provides certain hospital and medical insurance benefits to persons age 65 and over, some disabled persons, persons with end-stage renal disease and persons with Lou Gehrig’s Disease. Medicaid is a federal-state program, administered by the states, which provides hospital and medical benefits to qualifying individuals who are unable to afford health care. All of our general, acute care hospitals located in the United States are eligible to participate in Medicare and Medicaid programs. Amounts received under Medicare and Medicaid programs are generally significantly less than established hospital gross charges for the services provided.

Our hospitals generally offer discounts from established charges to certain group purchasers of health care services, including private insurance companies, employers, health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”), preferred provider organizations (“PPOs”) and other managed care plans. These discount programs generally limit our ability to increase revenues in response to increasing costs. See Item 1, “Business — Competition.” Patients are generally not responsible for the total difference between established hospital gross charges and amounts reimbursed for such services under Medicare, Medicaid, HMOs, PPOs and other managed care plans, but are responsible to the extent of any exclusions, deductibles or coinsurance features of their coverage. The amount of such exclusions, deductibles and coinsurance continues to increase. Collection of amounts due from individuals is typically more difficult than from governmental or third-party payers. We provide discounts to uninsured patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity care under our charity care policy. These discounts are similar to those provided to many local managed care plans. In implementing the uninsured discount policy, we attempt to qualify uninsured patients for Medicaid, other federal or state assistance or charity care under our charity care policy. If an uninsured patient does not qualify for these programs, the uninsured discount is applied.

Medicare

In addition to the reimbursement reductions and adjustments discussed below, the Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) requires automatic spending reductions beginning in 2013 to reduce the federal deficit, including Medicare spending reductions of up to 2% for a fiscal year, with a uniform percentage reduction across all Medicare programs. The President and Congress continue to negotiate federal government spending reductions, but if no action is taken by March 1, 2013, the BCA-mandated spending reductions will occur. It is unclear how these reductions will be implemented across the different Medicare payment systems discussed below or whether any negotiations will result in different spending reductions or a temporary delay.

Inpatient Acute Care

Under the Medicare program, we receive reimbursement under a prospective payment system (“PPS”) for general, acute care hospital inpatient services. Under the hospital inpatient PPS, fixed payment amounts per inpatient discharge are established based on the patient’s assigned Medicare severity diagnosis-related group (“MS-DRG”). MS-DRGs classify treatments for illnesses according to the estimated intensity of hospital resources necessary to furnish care for each principal diagnosis. MS-DRG weights represent the average resources for a given MS-DRG relative to the average resources for all MS-DRGs. MS-DRG payments are adjusted for area wage differentials. Hospitals, other than those defined as “new,” receive PPS reimbursement for inpatient capital costs based on MS-DRG weights multiplied by a geographically adjusted federal rate. When the cost to treat certain patients falls well outside the normal distribution, providers typically receive additional “outlier” payments.

MS-DRG rates are updated, and MS-DRG weights are recalibrated, using cost-relative weights each federal fiscal year (which begins October 1). The index used to update the MS-DRG rates (the “market basket”) gives consideration to the inflation experienced by hospitals and entities outside the health care industry in purchasing goods and services. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Health Reform Law”), provides for annual decreases to the market basket, including the following reductions for each of the following federal fiscal years: 0.1% in 2013; 0.3% in 2014; 0.2% in 2015 and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019. For federal fiscal year 2012 and

each subsequent federal fiscal year, the Health Reform Law provides for the annual market basket update to be further reduced by a productivity adjustment. The amount of that reduction will be the projected, nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) will use the Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity (the BLS data is typically a few years old). The Health Reform Law does not contain guidelines for use by HHS in projecting the productivity figure. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) estimates that the combined market basket and productivity adjustments will reduce Medicare payments under the inpatient PPS by $112.6 billion from 2010 to 2019. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 requires a negative documentation and coding adjustment for four years beginning in federal fiscal year 2014. It is estimated that this documentation and coding adjustment will reduce Medicare inpatient PPS payments by $10.5 billion. A decrease in payment rates or an increase in rates that is below the increase in our costs may adversely affect our results of operations.

For federal fiscal year 2012, CMS increased the MS-DRG rate by 1.0%. This increase reflected a 3.0% market basket increase, a 0.1% reduction required by the Health Reform Law, a productivity adjustment of negative 1.0%, a prospective documentation and coding adjustment of negative 2.0% and a 1.1% increase in light of a January 2011 court decision. For federal fiscal year 2013, CMS issued a final rule that results in a net increase of 2.8%. This increase reflects a 2.6% market basket increase, the 0.1% reduction required by the Health Reform Law, a negative 0.7% productivity adjustment, a negative 1.9% prospective documentation and coding adjustment and a positive 2.9% retrospective documentation and coding adjustment.

Further realignments in the MS-DRG system could also reduce the payments we receive for certain specialties, including cardiology and orthopedics. CMS has focused on payment levels for such specialties in recent years in part because of an increase in specialty hospitals. Changes in the payments received for specialty services could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”) provides for hospitals to receive a 2% reduction to their market basket updates if they fail to submit data for patient care quality indicators to the Secretary of HHS. As required by the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA 2005”), CMS has expanded the number of quality measures that must be reported to avoid the market basket reduction. In federal fiscal year 2013, CMS requires hospitals to report 55 quality measures in order to avoid the market basket reduction for inpatient PPS payments in federal fiscal year 2014. All of our hospitals paid under the Medicare inpatient PPS are participating in the quality initiative by submitting the requested quality data. While we will endeavor to comply with all data submission requirements as additional requirements continue to be added, our submissions may not be deemed timely or sufficient to entitle us to the full market basket adjustment for all of our hospitals.

As part of CMS’ goal of transforming Medicare from a passive payer to an active purchaser of quality goods and services, Medicare does not allow an inpatient hospital discharge to be assigned to a higher paying MS-DRG if a selected hospital acquired condition (“HAC”) was not present on admission. In this situation, the case is paid as though the secondary diagnosis was not present. There are 11 categories of conditions on the list of HACs for federal fiscal year 2013. In addition, CMS has established three National Coverage Determinations that prohibit Medicare reimbursement for erroneous surgical procedures performed on an inpatient or outpatient basis. The Health Reform Law provides for reduced payments based on a hospital’s HAC rates. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2015, the 25% of hospitals with the worst national risk-adjusted HAC rates in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total inpatient operating Medicare payments.

The Health Reform Law also provides for reduced payments to hospitals based on readmission rates. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2013, inpatient payments will be reduced if a hospital experiences “excess” readmissions within the 30-day time period from the date of discharge for heart attack, heart failure, pneumonia or other conditions that may be designated by CMS. Hospitals with what CMS defines as excess readmissions for these conditions will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the

conditions subject to the excess readmission standard. The amount by which payments will be reduced is determined by comparing the hospital’s performance for each condition using three years of discharge data to a risk-adjusted national average, subject to a cap established by CMS. The reduction in payments to hospitals with excess readmissions is capped at 1% for federal fiscal year 2013, 2% for federal fiscal year 2014, and 3% for federal fiscal year 2015 and thereafter. Each hospital’s performance will be publicly reported by CMS.

The Health Reform Law additionally establishes a hospital value-based purchasing program to further link payments to quality and efficiency. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2013, CMS will reduce the inpatient PPS payment amount for all discharges by the following: 1% for 2013; 1.25% for 2014; 1.5% for 2015; 1.75% for 2016; and 2% for 2017 and subsequent years. For each federal fiscal year, the total amount collected from these reductions will be pooled and used to fund payments to reward hospitals that meet certain quality performance standards established by CMS. CMS will score each hospital based on achievement (relative to other hospitals) and improvement ranges (relative to the hospital’s own past performance) for each applicable performance standard. Because the Health Reform Law provides that the pool will be fully distributed, hospitals that meet or exceed the quality performance standards will receive greater reimbursement under the value-based purchasing program than they would have otherwise. Hospitals that do not achieve the necessary quality performance will receive reduced Medicare inpatient hospital payments. For payments in federal fiscal year 2013, hospitals were scored based on a weighted average of patient experience scores using the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems survey and 12 clinical process-of-care measures. On December 20, 2012, CMS notified hospitals of the amount of their value-based incentive payment adjustments for federal fiscal year 2013 discharges. CMS estimates that it will distribute $850 million in federal fiscal year 2013 to hospitals under the value-based purchasing program.

Historically, the Medicare program has set aside 5.10% of Medicare inpatient payments to pay for outlier cases. For federal fiscal year 2012, CMS established an outlier threshold of $22,385, and for federal fiscal year 2013, CMS reduced the outlier threshold to $21,821. We do not anticipate that the decrease to the outlier threshold for federal fiscal year 2013 will have a material impact on our results of operations.

Outpatient

CMS reimburses hospital outpatient services (and certain Medicare Part B services furnished to hospital inpatients who have no Part A coverage) on a PPS basis. CMS uses fee schedules to pay for physical, occupational and speech therapies, durable medical equipment, clinical diagnostic laboratory services, nonimplantable orthotics and prosthetics, freestanding surgery center services and services provided by independent diagnostic testing facilities.

Hospital outpatient services paid under PPS are classified into groups called ambulatory payment classifications (“APCs”). Services for each APC are similar clinically and in terms of the resources they require. A payment rate is established for each APC. Depending on the services provided, a hospital may be paid for more than one APC for a patient visit. The APC payment rates are updated for each calendar year. The Health Reform Law provides for reductions to the market basket update, including the following reductions for each of the following calendar years: 0.1% in 2013; 0.3% in 2014; 0.2% in 2015 and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019. For calendar year 2012 and each subsequent calendar year, the Health Reform Law provides for an annual market basket update to be further reduced by a productivity adjustment. The amount of that reduction will be the projected, nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS will use the BLS 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity. The Health Reform Law does not contain guidelines for use by HHS in projecting the productivity figure. However, CMS estimates that the combined market basket and productivity adjustments will reduce Medicare payments under the outpatient PPS by $26.3 billion from 2010 to 2019. For calendar year 2012, CMS increased APC payment rates by 1.9%, which represented a market basket update of 3.0%, a negative 1.0% productivity adjustment and a 0.1% reduction required by the Health Reform Law. For calendar year 2013, CMS has issued a final rule that increases the APC payment rate by 1.8%, which includes the full market basket update of 2.6%, a negative 0.7%

productivity adjustment and the negative 0.1% adjustment required by the Health Reform Law. CMS continues to require hospitals to submit quality data relating to outpatient care to avoid receiving a 2% reduction to the market basket update under the outpatient PPS. CMS requires hospitals to report data on 23 quality measures in calendar year 2013 to avoid reduced payments in calendar year 2014.

Rehabilitation

CMS reimburses inpatient rehabilitation facilities (“IRFs”) on a PPS basis. Under the IRF PPS, patients are classified into case mix groups based upon impairment, age, comorbidities (additional diseases or disorders from which the patient suffers) and functional capability. IRFs are paid a predetermined amount per discharge that reflects the patient’s case mix group and is adjusted for area wage levels, low-income patients, rural areas and high-cost outliers. The Health Reform Law also provides for reductions to the market basket update, including the following reductions for each of the following federal fiscal years: 0.1% in 2013; 0.3% in 2014; 0.2% in 2015 and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019. For federal fiscal year 2012 and each subsequent federal fiscal year, the Health Reform Law provides for the annual market basket update to be further reduced by a productivity adjustment. The amount of that reduction will be the projected, nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS will use the BLS 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity. The Health Reform Law does not contain guidelines for use by HHS in projecting the productivity figure. However, CMS estimates that the combined market basket and productivity adjustments will reduce Medicare payments under the IRF PPS by $5.7 billion from 2010 to 2019. For federal fiscal year 2012, CMS updated the market basket by 2.2%, reflecting a 2.9% market basket increase, a negative 1.0% productivity adjustment, a 0.1% reduction required by the Health Reform Law, and a 0.4% increase resulting from an update to the outlier threshold amount. For federal fiscal year 2013, CMS has issued a final rule updating inpatient rehabilitation rates by 1.9%, which reflects a 2.7% market basket increase, a negative 0.7% productivity adjustment and a 0.1% reduction required by the Health Reform Law. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2014, IRFs will be required to report quality measures to CMS or will receive a 2.0% reduction to the market basket update.

In order to qualify for classification as an IRF, at least 60% of a facility’s inpatients during the most recent 12-month CMS-defined review period must have required intensive rehabilitation services for one or more of 13 specified conditions. IRFs must also meet additional coverage criteria, including patient selection and care requirements relating to pre-admission screenings, post-admission evaluations, ongoing coordination of care and involvement of rehabilitation physicians. A facility that fails to meet the 60% threshold or other criteria to be classified as an IRF will be paid under the acute care hospital inpatient or outpatient PPS, which generally provide for lower payment amounts. As of December 31, 2012, we had one rehabilitation hospital and 47 hospital rehabilitation units.

Psychiatric

Inpatient hospital services furnished in psychiatric hospitals and psychiatric units of general, acute care hospitals and critical access hospitals are reimbursed under a prospective payment system (the “IPF PPS”), a per diem payment, with adjustments to account for certain patient and facility characteristics. The IPF PPS contains an “outlier” policy for extraordinarily costly cases and an adjustment to a facility’s base payment if it maintains a full-service emergency department. CMS has established the IPF PPS payment rate in a manner intended to be budget neutral and historically has used a July 1 update cycle, with each twelve month period referred to as a “rate year.” However, CMS transitioned the IPF PPS from a rate year to a federal fiscal year update cycle, effective October 1, 2012. The rehabilitation, psychiatric and long-term care (“RPL”) market basket update is used to update the IPF PPS. The Health Reform Law also provides for reductions to the market basket update, including the following reductions for the following rate years, which will follow the federal fiscal year update cycle: 0.1% in 2013; 0.3% in 2014; 0.2% in 2015 and 2016 and 0.75% in 2017, 2018 and 2019. For rate year 2012 and each subsequent payment year, the Health Reform Law provides for the annual market basket update to be further reduced by a productivity adjustment. The amount of that reduction will be the projected, nationwide

productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS will use the BLS 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity. The Health Reform Law does not contain guidelines for use by HHS in projecting the productivity figure. However, CMS estimates that the combined market basket and productivity adjustments will reduce Medicare payments under the IPF PPS by $4.3 billion from 2010 to 2019. For rate year 2012, which spanned 15 months from July 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012, CMS increased inpatient psychiatric payment rates by 2.95%, which included a market basket increase of 3.2% and a 0.25% reduction required by the Health Reform Law. For rate year 2013, which will follow the federal fiscal year update cycle, CMS increased inpatient psychiatric payment rates by 1.9%, including a market basket increase of 2.7%, reduced by a 0.7% productivity adjustment and a reduction of 0.1% as required by the Health Reform Law. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2014, inpatient psychiatric facilities will be required to report quality measures to CMS or will receive a 2.0% reduction to the market basket update. As of December 31, 2012, we had five psychiatric hospitals and 41 hospital psychiatric units.

Ambulatory Surgery Centers

CMS reimburses ASCs using a predetermined fee schedule. Reimbursements for ASC overhead costs are limited to no more than the overhead costs paid to hospital outpatient departments under the Medicare hospital outpatient PPS for the same procedure. If CMS determines that a procedure is commonly performed in a physician’s office, the ASC reimbursement for that procedure is limited to the reimbursement allowable under the Medicare Part B Physician Fee Schedule, with limited exceptions. All surgical procedures, other than those that pose a significant safety risk or generally require an overnight stay, are payable as ASC procedures. From time to time, CMS considers expanding the services that may be performed in ASCs, which may result in more Medicare procedures that historically have been performed in hospitals being moved to ASCs, reducing surgical volume in our hospitals. Also, more Medicare procedures that historically have been performed in ASCs may be moved to physicians’ offices. Commercial third-party payers may adopt similar policies. For federal fiscal year 2011 and each subsequent federal fiscal year, the Health Reform Law provides for the annual market basket update to be reduced by a productivity adjustment. The amount of that reduction will be the projected nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS will use the BLS 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity. The Health Reform Law also required HHS to submit a report to Congress on plans for developing a value-based purchasing program for ASCs. In its report, HHS recommends a phased-in approach for implementing a value-based purchasing program but states additional statutory authority would be required to allow performance-based payments. For calendar year 2013, CMS has issued a final rule that provides for a 0.6% annual update to ASC payments, which includes the market basket update of 1.4% and a negative 0.8% productivity adjustment. In addition, CMS has also established a quality reporting program for ASCs under which ASCs that fail to report on five quality measures beginning on October 1, 2012 will receive a 2% reduction in reimbursement for calendar year 2014.

Physician Services

Physician services are reimbursed under the physician fee schedule (“PFS”) system, under which CMS has assigned a national relative value unit (“RVU”) to most medical procedures and services that reflects the various resources required by a physician to provide the services relative to all other services. Each RVU is calculated based on a combination of work required in terms of time and intensity of effort for the service, practice expense (overhead) attributable to the service and malpractice insurance expense attributable to the service. These three elements are each modified by a geographic adjustment factor to account for local practice costs and are then aggregated. The aggregated amount is multiplied by a conversion factor that accounts for inflation and targeted growth in Medicare expenditures (as calculated by the sustainable growth rate (“SGR”)) to arrive at the payment amount for each service. While RVUs for various services may change in a given year, any alterations are required by statute to be virtually budget neutral, such that total payments made under the PFS may not differ by more than $20 million from what payments would have been if adjustments were not made.

The PFS rates are adjusted each year, and reductions in both current and future payments are anticipated. The SGR formula, if implemented as mandated by statute, would result in significant reductions to payments

under the PFS. Since 2003, the U.S. Congress has passed multiple legislative acts delaying application of the SGR to the PFS. The most recent legislative delay extends calendar year 2012 payment rates through December 31, 2013. We cannot predict whether the U.S. Congress will intervene to prevent this reduction to payments in the future. Barring delay or repeal of the SGR by Congress, Medicare payments to physicians are scheduled to be cut significantly effective January 1, 2014.

Other

Under PPS, the payment rates are adjusted for the area differences in wage levels by a factor (“wage index”) reflecting the relative wage level in the geographic area compared to the national average wage level. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2007, CMS adjusted 100% of the wage index factor for occupational mix. The redistributive impact of wage index changes, while slightly negative in the aggregate, is not anticipated to have a material financial impact for 2013. However, the Health Reform Law requires HHS to provide Congress with recommendations on how to comprehensively reform the Medicare wage index system.

Medicare reimburses hospitals for a portion of bad debts resulting from deductible and coinsurance amounts that are uncollectible from Medicare beneficiaries. The Middle Class Tax Relief and Jobs Creation Act of 2012 (the “Jobs Creation Act”) reduces the percentage of bad debt amounts that Medicare reimburses from 70% to 65% beginning in federal fiscal year 2013. These reductions are intended to offset, in part, the impact of the legislative delay of the SGR reductions in physician compensation under the PFS. The U.S. Congress has not permanently addressed the SGR reductions, and any further delays or revisions to the SGR may be offset by additional reductions in Medicare payments to other types of providers.

As required by the MMA, CMS has implemented contractor reform whereby CMS competitively bids the Medicare fiscal intermediary and Medicare carrier functions to 15 Medicare Administrative Contractors (“MACs”), which are geographically assigned and service both Part A and Part B providers within a given jurisdiction. CMS awarded initial contracts to all 15 MAC jurisdictions. While chain providers had the option of having all hospitals use one home office MAC, HCA chose to use the MACs assigned to the geographic areas in which our hospitals are located. CMS periodically resolicits bids, and the MAC servicing a geographic area can change as a result of the bid competition. MAC transition periods can impact claims processing functions and the resulting cash flow.

Under the Recovery Audit Contractor (“RAC”) program, CMS contracts with RACs on a contingency basis to conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper payments in the fee-for-service Medicare program. CMS has implemented the RAC program on a permanent, nationwide basis as required by statute. The compensation for the RACs is based on their review of claims submitted to Medicare for billing compliance, including correct coding and medical necessity, and the amount of overpayments and underpayments they identify. Historically, RACs have conducted their reviews on a post-payment basis. In February 2012, CMS announced that it was initiating a RAC prepayment demonstration program in 11 states.

We have established policies and procedures to respond to the RAC requests and payment denials. Payment recoveries resulting from RAC reviews and denials are appealable through administrative and judicial processes. We have actively pursued reversal of adverse determinations at appropriate appeal levels, and we intend to continue this process. We are incurring additional costs to respond to requests for records and pursue the reversal of payment denials, in addition to the overpayments that are not reversed upon appeal. Amounts that have not been reversed upon appeal have not been significant, but the number and amount of claims subject to RAC review has been steadily increasing, and we expect this trend to continue during 2013. Depending upon the growth of RAC programs and our success in appealing claims in future periods, our cash flows and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Managed Medicare

Under the Managed Medicare program, the federal government contracts with private health plans to provide members with Medicare Part A, Part B and Part D benefits. Managed Medicare plans can be structured as HMOs, PPOs or private fee-for-service plans. The Medicare program allows beneficiaries to choose enrollment in certain managed Medicare plans. MMA increased reimbursement to managed Medicare plans and expanded Medicare beneficiaries’ health care options. Since 2003, the number of beneficiaries choosing to receive their Medicare benefits through such plans has increased. However, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 imposed new restrictions and implemented focused cuts to certain managed Medicare plans. In addition, the Health Reform Law reduces, over a three year period starting in 2012, premium payments to managed Medicare plans such that CMS’ managed care per capita premium payments are, on average, equal to traditional Medicare. The Health Reform Law also implements fee payment adjustments based on service benchmarks and quality ratings. The Congressional Budget Office (“CBO”) has estimated that, as a result of these changes, payments to plans will be reduced by $138 billion between 2010 and 2019, while CMS has estimated the reduction to be $145 billion. In addition, the Health Reform Law expands the RAC program to include managed Medicare plans. In light of the recent economic downturn and the Health Reform Law, managed Medicare plans may experience reduced premium payments, which may lead to decreased enrollment in such plans.

Medicaid

Medicaid programs are funded jointly by the federal government and the states and are administered by states under approved plans. Most state Medicaid program payments are made under a PPS or are based on negotiated payment levels with individual hospitals. Medicaid reimbursement is often less than a hospital’s cost of services. The Health Reform Law requires states to expand Medicaid coverage to all individuals under age 65 with incomes up to 133% of the federal poverty level (“FPL”) by 2014. Further, the Health Reform Law requires states to apply a “5% income disregard” to the Medicaid eligibility standard, so that Medicaid eligibility will effectively be extended to those with incomes up to 138% of the FPL. However, on June 28, 2012, the United States Supreme Court struck down the portion of the Health Reform Law that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that do not implement the law’s Medicaid expansion provisions with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding. As a result, some states may choose not to implement the Medicaid expansion.

Because most states must operate with balanced budgets and because the Medicaid program is often the state’s largest program, states can be expected to adopt or consider adopting legislation designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures. The recent economic downturn has increased the budgetary pressures on most states, and these budgetary pressures have resulted and likely will continue to result in decreased spending, or decreased spending growth, for Medicaid programs in many states.

Certain states in which we operate have adopted broad-based provider taxes to fund the non-federal share of Medicaid programs. Many states have also adopted, or are considering, legislation designed to reduce coverage, enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs and/or impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand the states’ Medicaid systems. The Health Reform Law requires states to at least maintain Medicaid eligibility standards established prior to the enactment of the law for adults until January 1, 2014 and for children until October 1, 2019. However, states with budget deficits may seek a waiver from this requirement to address eligibility standards that apply to adults making more than 133% of the FPL.

The Health Reform Law prohibits the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat certain provider-preventable conditions. On June 6, 2011, CMS issued a final rule implementing this prohibition for services with dates beginning July 1, 2012. The final rule requires each state Medicaid program to deny payments to providers for the treatment of health care-acquired conditions designated by CMS as well as other provider-preventable conditions that may be designated by the state.

Through DRA 2005, Congress has expanded the federal government’s involvement in fighting fraud, waste and abuse in the Medicaid program by creating the Medicaid Integrity Program. Among other things, DRA 2005 requires CMS to employ private contractors, referred to as Medicaid Integrity Contractors (“MICs”), to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid claims and identify overpayments. MICs are assigned to five geographic regions and have commenced audits in states assigned to those regions. The Health Reform Law increased federal funding for the MIC program beginning in federal fiscal year 2011. In addition to MICs, several other contractors and state Medicaid agencies have increased their review activities. The Health Reform Law also expands the RAC program’s scope to include Medicaid claims by requiring all states to enter into contracts with RACs to audit payments to Medicaid providers.

Managed Medicaid

Managed Medicaid programs enable states to contract with one or more entities for patient enrollment, care management and claims adjudication. The states usually do not relinquish program responsibilities for financing, eligibility criteria and core benefit plan design. We generally contract directly with one of the designated entities, usually a managed care organization. The provisions of these programs are state-specific.

Enrollment in managed Medicaid plans has increased in recent years, as state governments seek to control the cost of Medicaid programs. However, general economic conditions in the states in which we operate may require reductions in premium payments to these plans and may reduce enrollment in these plans.

Accountable Care Organizations and Bundled Payment Initiatives

The Health Reform Law requires HHS to establish a Medicare Shared Savings Program (“MSSP”) that promotes accountability and coordination of care through the creation of Accountable Care Organizations (“ACOs”). The program allows certain providers and suppliers (including hospitals, physicians and other designated professionals) to voluntarily form ACOs and work together along with other ACO participants to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to achieve high quality and efficient delivery of services. The program is intended to produce savings as a result of improved quality and operational efficiency. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards established by HHS will be eligible to share in a portion of the amounts saved by the Medicare program. HHS has significant discretion to determine key elements of the program. In 2011, CMS, the HHS Office of Inspector General (the “OIG”) and certain other federal agencies released a series of rules and guidance further defining and implementing the MSSP. These rules and guidance provide for two different ACO tracks, the first of which allows ACOs to share only in the savings under the MSSP. The second track requires ACOs to share in any savings and losses under the MSSP but offers ACOs a greater share of any savings realized under the MSSP. As authorized by the Health Reform Law, the rules and guidance also provide for certain waivers from fraud and abuse laws for ACOs. CMS has approved over 200 ACOs to participate in the MSSP.

The Health Reform Law created the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation with responsibility for establishing demonstration projects and other initiatives in order to identify, develop, test and encourage the adoption of new methods of delivering and paying for health care that create savings under the Medicare and Medicaid programs while improving quality of care. One initiative announced by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation is a voluntary bundled payment initiative involving over 400 participants that will link payments to participating providers for services provided during an episode of care. In addition, the Health Reform Law requires HHS to establish a separate five-year voluntary, national pilot program on payment bundling for Medicare services beginning no later than January 1, 2013. Under the program, providers agree to receive one payment for services provided to Medicare patients for certain medical conditions or episodes of care. The Health Reform Law also provides for a bundled payment demonstration project for Medicaid services. HHS may select up to eight states to participate, and these state programs may target particular categories of beneficiaries, selected diagnoses or geographic regions of the state. The selected state programs will provide one payment for both hospital and physician services provided to Medicaid patients for certain episodes of inpatient care.

Disproportionate Share Hospital Payments

In addition to making payments for services provided directly to beneficiaries, Medicare makes additional payments to hospitals that treat a disproportionately large number of low-income patients (Medicaid and Medicare patients eligible to receive Supplemental Security Income). DSH payments are determined annually based on certain statistical information required by HHS and are calculated as a percentage addition to MS-DRG payments.

Under the Health Reform Law, beginning in federal fiscal year 2014, Medicare DSH payments will be reduced to 25% of the amount they otherwise would have been absent the law. The remaining 75% of the amount that would otherwise be paid under Medicare DSH will be effectively pooled, and this pool will be reduced further each year by a formula that reflects reductions in the national level of uninsured who are under 65 years of age. Each DSH hospital will then be paid, out of the reduced DSH payment pool, an amount allocated based upon its estimated cost of providing uncompensated care, which is not the current basis for DSH payments. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Medicare DSH reductions. The CBO has estimated $22 billion in reductions to Medicare DSH payments between 2010 and 2019, while for the same time period, CMS has estimated reimbursement reductions totaling $50 billion. The Health Reform Law does not mandate what data source HHS must use to determine the reduction, if any, in the uninsured population nationally. In addition, the Health Reform Law does not contain a definition of uncompensated care. How CMS ultimately defines uncompensated care for purposes of these DSH funding provisions could have a material effect on a hospital’s Medicare DSH reimbursements.

Hospitals that provide care to a disproportionately high number of low-income patients may receive Medicaid DSH payments. The federal government distributes federal Medicaid DSH funds to each state based on a statutory formula. The states then distribute the DSH funding among qualifying hospitals. States have broad discretion to define which hospitals qualify for Medicaid DSH payments and the amount of such payments. The Health Reform Law will reduce funding for the Medicaid DSH hospital program in federal fiscal years 2014 through 2020 by the following amounts: 2014 ($500 million); 2015 ($600 million); 2016 ($600 million); 2017 ($1.8 billion); 2018 ($5 billion); 2019 ($5.6 billion); and 2020 ($4 billion). The Jobs Creation Act and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 provide for additional Medicaid DSH reductions in federal fiscal years 2021 and 2022 estimated at $4.1 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively. How such cuts are allocated among the states and how the states allocate these cuts among providers, have yet to be determined.

TRICARE

TRICARE is the Department of Defense’s health care program for members of the armed forces. For inpatient services, TRICARE reimburses hospitals based on a DRG system modeled on the Medicare inpatient PPS. For outpatient services, TRICARE reimburses hospitals based on a PPS that is similar to that utilized for services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. If the President and Congress do not take action by March 1, 2013, the BCA will require spending reductions that will impact the TRICARE program. Unlike with the Medicare program, the BCA does not provide for a 2% cap on these spending reductions.

Annual Cost Reports

All hospitals participating in the Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE programs, whether paid on a reasonable cost basis or under a PPS, are required to meet certain financial reporting requirements. Federal and, where applicable, state regulations require the submission of annual cost reports covering the revenues, costs and expenses associated with the services provided by each hospital to Medicare beneficiaries and Medicaid recipients.

Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to routine audits, which may result in adjustments to the amounts ultimately determined to be due to us under these reimbursement programs. These audits often require several years to reach the final determination of amounts due to or from us under these programs. Providers also have rights of appeal, and it is common to contest issues raised in audits of cost reports.

Managed Care and Other Discounted Plans

Most of our hospitals offer discounts from established charges to certain large group purchasers of health care services, including managed care plans and private insurance companies. Admissions reimbursed by commercial managed care and other insurers were 30%, 31%, and 32% of our total admissions for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Managed care contracts are typically negotiated for terms between one and three years. While we generally received contracted annual average increases that were expected to yield 5% to 6% from managed care payers during 2012, there can be no assurance that we will continue to receive increases in the future. It is not clear what impact, if any, the increased obligations on managed care payers and other health plans imposed by the Health Reform Law will have on our ability to negotiate reimbursement increases.

Uninsured and Self-Pay Patients

A high percentage of our uninsured patients are initially admitted through our emergency rooms. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 82% of our admissions of uninsured patients occurred through our emergency rooms. The Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act (“EMTALA”) requires any hospital that participates in the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening examination of every person who presents to the hospital’s emergency room for treatment and, if the individual is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize that condition or make an appropriate transfer of the individual to a facility that can handle the condition. The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical conditions exists regardless of an individual’s ability to pay for treatment. The Health Reform Law requires health plans to reimburse hospitals for emergency services provided to enrollees without prior authorization and without regard to whether a participating provider contract is in place. Further, the Health Reform Law contains provisions that seek to decrease the number of uninsured individuals, including requirements and incentives, which do not become effective until 2014, for individuals to obtain, and large employers to provide, insurance coverage. These mandates may reduce the financial impact of screening for and stabilizing emergency medical conditions. However, many factors are unknown regarding the impact of the Health Reform Law, including how many previously uninsured individuals will obtain coverage as a result of the law or the change, if any, in the volume of inpatient and outpatient hospital services that are sought by and provided to previously uninsured individuals and the payer mix. In addition, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the Health Reform Law due to the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, remaining or new court challenges and possible amendment or repeal.

Electronic Health Record Incentives

ARRA provides for Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments for eligible hospitals and for eligible professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology. Through December 2012, over $10 billion in incentive payments have been made through the Medicare and Medicaid EHR incentive programs to eligible hospitals and eligible professionals.

Under the Medicare incentive program, eligible hospitals that demonstrate meaningful use will receive incentive payments for up to four fiscal years. The Medicare incentive payment amount is the product of three factors: (1) an initial amount comprised of a base amount of $2,000,000, plus $200 for each acute care inpatient discharge, beginning with a hospital’s 1,150th discharge of the applicable year and ending with a hospital’s 23,000th discharge of the applicable year; (2) the “Medicare share,” which is the sum of Medicare Part A and Part C acute care inpatient-bed-days divided by the product of the total acute care inpatient-bed-days and a charity care factor; and (3) a transition factor applicable to the payment year. In order to maximize their incentive payments, acute care hospitals must participate in the incentive program by federal fiscal year 2013. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2015, acute care hospitals that have failed to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology in an applicable prior reporting period will receive reduced market basket updates under inpatient PPS.

Eligible professionals who demonstrate meaningful use are entitled to incentive payments for up to five payment years in an amount equal to 75% of their estimated Medicare allowed charges for covered professional services furnished during the relevant calendar year, subject to an annual limit. Eligible professionals must have participated in the incentive payment program by calendar year 2012 in order to maximize their incentive payments and must participate by calendar year 2014 in order to receive any incentive payments. Beginning in calendar year 2015, eligible professionals who have failed to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology in an applicable prior reporting period will face Medicare payment reductions.

The Medicaid EHR incentive program is voluntary for states to implement. For participating states, the Medicaid EHR incentive program provides incentive payments for acute care hospitals and eligible professionals that meet certain volume percentages of Medicaid patients, as well as children’s hospitals. Providers may only participate in a single state’s Medicaid EHR incentive program. Eligible professionals can only participate in either the Medicaid incentive program or the Medicare incentive program and can change this election only one time. Eligible hospitals may participate in both the Medicare and Medicaid incentive programs.

To qualify for incentive payments under the Medicaid program, providers must either adopt, implement, upgrade or demonstrate meaningful use of, certified EHR technology during their first participation year or successfully demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology in subsequent participation years. Payments may be received for up to six participation years. For hospitals, the aggregate Medicaid EHR incentive amount is the product of two factors: (1) the overall EHR amount, which is comprised of a base amount of $2,000,000 plus a discharge-related amount, multiplied by the Medicare share (which is set at one by statute) multiplied by a transition factor, and (2) the “Medicaid share,” which is the estimated Medicaid inpatient-bed days plus estimated Medicaid managed care inpatient bed-days, divided by the product of the estimated total inpatient bed-days and a charity care factor. Under the Medicaid incentive program, eligible professionals may receive payments based on their EHR costs, up to a total amount of $63,750, or for pediatricians, $42,500. There is no penalty for hospitals or professionals under Medicaid for failing to meet EHR meaningful use requirements.

Hospital Utilization

We believe the most important factors relating to the overall utilization of a hospital are the quality and market position of the hospital and the number and quality of physicians and other health care professionals providing patient care within the facility. Generally, we believe the ability of a hospital to be a market leader is determined by its breadth of services, level of technology, quality and condition of the facilities, emphasis on quality of care and convenience for patients and physicians. Other factors that impact utilization include the growth in local population, local economic conditions and market penetration of managed care programs.

The following table sets forth certain operating statistics for our health care facilities. Health care facility operations are subject to certain seasonal fluctuations, including decreases in patient utilization during holiday periods and increases in the cold weather months. The data set forth in this table includes only those facilities that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.


	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Number of hospitals at end of period(a)		162			163			156			155			158
Number of freestanding outpatient surgery centers at end of period(b)		112			108			97			97			97
Number of licensed beds at end of period(c)		41,804			41,594			38,827			38,839			38,504
Weighted average licensed beds(d)		41,795			39,735			38,655			38,825			38,422
Admissions(e)		1,740,700			1,620,400			1,554,400			1,556,500			1,541,800
Equivalent admissions(f)		2,832,100			2,595,900			2,468,400			2,439,000			2,363,600
Average length of stay (days)(g)		4.7			4.8			4.8			4.8			4.9
Average daily census(h)		22,521			21,123			20,523			20,650			20,795
Occupancy rate(i)		54	%		53	%		53	%		53	%		54	%
Emergency room visits(j)		6,912,000			6,143,500			5,706,200			5,593,500			5,246,400
Outpatient surgeries(k)		873,600			799,200			783,600			794,600			797,400
Inpatient surgeries(l)		506,500			484,500			487,100			494,500			493,100

(a)	Excludes eight facilities in 2010, 2009 and 2008 that were not consolidated (accounted for using the equity method) for financial reporting purposes.

(b)	Excludes one facility in 2012 and 2011, nine facilities in 2010 and eight facilities in 2009 and 2008 that were not consolidated (accounted for using the equity method) for financial reporting purposes.

(c)	Licensed beds are those beds for which a facility has been granted approval to operate from the applicable state licensing agency.

(d)	Represents the average number of licensed beds, weighted based on periods owned.

(e)	Represents the total number of patients admitted to our hospitals and is used by management and certain investors as a general measure of inpatient volume.

(f)

Equivalent admissions are used by management and certain investors as a general measure of combined inpatient and outpatient volume. Equivalent admissions are computed by multiplying admissions (inpatient volume) by the sum of gross inpatient revenue and gross outpatient revenue and then dividing the resulting amount by gross inpatient revenue. The equivalent admissions computation “equates” outpatient revenue to the volume measure (admissions) used to measure inpatient volume, resulting in a general measure of combined inpatient and outpatient volume.

(g)	Represents the average number of days admitted patients stay in our hospitals.

(h)	Represents the average number of patients in our hospital beds each day.

(i)	Represents the percentage of hospital licensed beds occupied by patients. Both average daily census and occupancy rate provide measures of the utilization of inpatient rooms.

(j)	Represents the number of patients treated in our emergency rooms.

(k)	Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who were not admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and endoscopy procedures are not included in outpatient surgeries.

(l)	Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who have been admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and endoscopy procedures are not included in inpatient surgeries.

Competition

Generally, other hospitals in the local communities served by most of our hospitals provide services similar to those offered by our hospitals. Additionally, in recent years the number of freestanding specialty hospitals, surgery centers, emergency departments, urgent care centers and diagnostic and imaging centers in the geographic areas in which we operate has increased significantly. As a result, most of our hospitals operate in a highly competitive environment. In some cases, competing hospitals are more established than our hospitals. Some competing facilities are physician-owned or are owned by tax-supported government agencies and many others are owned by not-for-profit entities that may be supported by endowments, charitable contributions and/or tax revenues and are exempt from sales, property and income taxes. Such exemptions and support are not available to our hospitals and may provide the tax-supported or not-for-profit entities an advantage in funding capital expenditures. In certain localities there are large teaching hospitals that provide highly specialized facilities, equipment and services that may not be available at most of our hospitals. We also face competition from specialty hospitals and from both our own and unaffiliated freestanding ASCs for market share in certain high margin services.

Psychiatric hospitals frequently attract patients from areas outside their immediate locale and, therefore, our psychiatric hospitals compete with both local and regional hospitals, including the psychiatric units of general, acute care hospitals.

Our strategies are designed to ensure our hospitals are competitive. We believe our hospitals compete within local communities on the basis of many factors, including the quality of care, ability to attract and retain quality physicians, skilled clinical personnel and other health care professionals, location, breadth of services, technology offered, quality and condition of the facilities and prices charged. The Health Reform Law requires hospitals to publish annually a list of their standard charges for items and services. We have increased our focus on operating outpatient services with improved accessibility and more convenient service for patients, and increased predictability and efficiency for physicians.

Two of the most significant factors to the competitive position of a hospital are the number and quality of physicians affiliated with or employed by the hospital. Although physicians may at any time terminate their relationship with a hospital we operate, our hospitals seek to retain physicians with varied specialties on the hospitals’ medical staffs and to attract other qualified physicians. We believe physicians refer patients to a hospital on the basis of the quality and scope of services it renders to patients and physicians, the quality of physicians on the medical staff, the location of the hospital and the quality of the hospital’s facilities, equipment and employees. Accordingly, we strive to maintain and provide quality facilities, equipment, employees and services for physicians and patients. Our hospitals face competition from competitors that are implementing physician alignment strategies, such as employing physicians, acquiring physician practice groups and participating in ACOs or other clinical integration models.

Another major factor in the competitive position of a hospital is our ability to negotiate service contracts with purchasers of group health care services. Managed care plans attempt to direct and control the use of hospital services and obtain discounts from hospitals’ established gross charges. In addition, employers and traditional health insurers continue to attempt to contain costs through negotiations with hospitals for managed care programs and discounts from established gross charges. Generally, hospitals compete for service contracts with group health care services purchasers on the basis of price, market reputation, geographic location, quality and range of services, quality of the medical staff and convenience. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to retain and renew our managed care contracts and enter into new managed care contracts on favorable terms. Other health care providers may impact our ability to enter into managed care contracts or negotiate increases in our reimbursement and other favorable terms and conditions. For example, some of our competitors may negotiate exclusivity provisions with managed care plans or otherwise restrict the ability of managed care companies to contract with us. The trend toward consolidation among non-government payers tends to increase their bargaining power over fee structures. In addition, as various provisions of the Health

Reform Law are implemented, including the establishment of American Health Benefit Exchanges (“Exchanges”) and limitations on rescissions of coverage and pre-existing condition exclusions, non-government payers may increasingly demand reduced fees or be unwilling to negotiate reimbursement increases. The importance of obtaining contracts with managed care organizations varies from community to community, depending on the market strength of such organizations.

State certificate of need (“CON”) laws, which place limitations on a health care facility’s ability to expand services and facilities, make capital expenditures and otherwise make changes in operations, may also have the effect of restricting competition. We currently operate health care facilities in a number of states with CON laws. Before issuing a CON, these states consider the need for additional or expanded health care facilities or services. In those states that have no CON laws or that set relatively high levels of expenditures before they become reviewable by state authorities, competition in the form of new services, facilities and capital spending is more prevalent. See Item 1, “Business — Regulation and Other Factors.”

We and the health care industry as a whole face the challenge of continuing to provide quality patient care while dealing with rising costs and strong competition for patients. Changes in medical technology, existing and future legislation, regulations and interpretations and managed care contracting for provider services by private and government payers remain ongoing challenges.

Admissions, average lengths of stay and reimbursement amounts continue to be negatively affected by payer-required pre-admission authorization, utilization review and payer pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative health care delivery services for less acutely ill patients. The Health Reform Law potentially expands the use of prepayment review by Medicare contractors by eliminating statutory restrictions on their use. Increased competition, admission constraints and payer pressures are expected to continue. To meet these challenges, we intend to expand and update our facilities or acquire or construct new facilities where appropriate, to enhance the provision of a comprehensive array of outpatient services, offer market competitive pricing to private payer groups, upgrade facilities and equipment and offer new or expanded programs and services.

Regulation and Other Factors

Licensure, Certification and Accreditation

Health care facility construction and operation are subject to numerous federal, state and local regulations relating to the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, fire prevention, rate-setting and compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. Facilities are subject to periodic inspection by governmental and other authorities to assure continued compliance with the various standards necessary for licensing and accreditation. We believe our health care facilities are properly licensed under applicable state laws. Each of our acute care hospitals located in the United States is eligible to participate in Medicare and Medicaid programs and is accredited by The Joint Commission. If any facility were to lose its Medicare or Medicaid certification, the facility would be unable to receive reimbursement from federal health care programs. If any facility were to lose accreditation, the facility would be subject to state surveys, potentially be subject to increased scrutiny by CMS and likely lose payment from non-government payers. Management believes our facilities are in substantial compliance with current applicable federal, state, local and independent review body regulations and standards. The requirements for licensure, certification and accreditation are subject to change and, in order to remain qualified, it may become necessary for us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel and services. The requirements for licensure, certification and accreditation also include notification or approval in the event of the transfer or change of ownership or certain other changes. Failure to provide required notifications or obtain necessary approvals in these circumstances can result in the inability to complete an acquisition or change of ownership, loss of licensure or other penalties.

Certificates of Need

In some states where we operate hospitals and other health care facilities, the construction or expansion of health care facilities, the acquisition of existing facilities, the transfer or change of ownership and the addition of new beds or services may be subject to review by and prior approval of, or notifications to, state regulatory agencies under a CON program. Such laws generally require the reviewing state agency to determine the public need for additional or expanded health care facilities and services. Failure to provide required notifications or obtain necessary state approvals can result in the inability to expand facilities, complete an acquisition or change ownership or other penalties.

State Rate Review

Some states have adopted legislation mandating rate or budget review for hospitals or have adopted taxes on hospital revenues, assessments or licensure fees to fund indigent health care within the state. In the aggregate, indigent tax provisions have not materially, adversely affected our results of operations. Although we do not currently operate facilities in states that mandate rate or budget reviews, we cannot predict whether we will operate in such states in the future, or whether the states in which we currently operate may adopt legislation mandating such reviews.

Federal Health Care Program Regulations

Participation in any federal health care program, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, is heavily regulated by statute and regulation. If a hospital fails to substantially comply with the numerous conditions of participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs or performs certain prohibited acts, the hospital’s participation in the federal health care programs may be terminated, or civil and/or criminal penalties may be imposed.

Anti-kickback Statute

A section of the Social Security Act known as the “Anti-kickback Statute” prohibits providers and others from directly or indirectly soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a federal health care program. Courts have interpreted this statute broadly and held that there is a violation of the Anti-kickback Statute if just one purpose of the remuneration is to generate referrals, even if there are other lawful purposes. Furthermore, the Health Reform Law provides that knowledge of the law or the intent to violate the law is not required. Violations of the Anti-kickback Statute may be punished by a criminal fine of up to $25,000 for each violation or imprisonment, civil money penalties of up to $50,000 per violation and damages of up to three times the total amount of the remuneration and/or exclusion from participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. The Health Reform Law provides that submission of a claim for services or items generated in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim and may be subject to additional penalties under the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”).

The OIG, among other regulatory agencies, is responsible for identifying and eliminating fraud, abuse and waste. The OIG carries out this mission through a nationwide program of audits, investigations and inspections. The OIG provides guidance to the industry through various methods including advisory opinions and “Special Fraud Alerts.” These Special Fraud Alerts do not have the force of law, but identify features of arrangements or transactions that the government believes may cause the arrangements or transactions to violate the Anti-kickback Statute or other federal health care laws. The OIG has identified several incentive arrangements that constitute suspect practices, including: (a) payment of any incentive by a hospital each time a physician refers a patient to the hospital, (b) the use of free or significantly discounted office space or equipment in facilities usually located close to the hospital, (c) provision of free or significantly discounted billing, nursing or other staff services, (d) free training for a physician’s office staff in areas such as management techniques and laboratory

techniques, (e) guarantees which provide, if the physician’s income fails to reach a predetermined level, the hospital will pay any portion of the remainder, (f) low-interest or interest-free loans, or loans which may be forgiven if a physician refers patients to the hospital, (g) payment of the costs of a physician’s travel and expenses for conferences, (h) coverage on the hospital’s group health insurance plans at an inappropriately low cost to the physician, (i) payment for services (which may include consultations at the hospital) which require few, if any, substantive duties by the physician, (j) purchasing goods or services from physicians at prices in excess of their fair market value, and (k) rental of space in physician offices, at other than fair market value terms, by persons or entities to which physicians refer. The OIG has encouraged persons having information about hospitals who offer the above types of incentives to physicians to report such information to the OIG.

The OIG also issues “Special Advisory Bulletins” as a means of providing guidance to health care providers. These bulletins, along with the Special Fraud Alerts, have focused on certain arrangements that could be subject to heightened scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, including: (a) contractual joint venture arrangements and other joint venture arrangements between those in a position to refer business, such as physicians, and those providing items or services for which Medicare or Medicaid pays, and (b) certain “gainsharing” arrangements, i.e., the practice of giving physicians a share of any reduction in a hospital’s costs for patient care attributable in part to the physician’s efforts.

In addition to issuing Special Fraud Alerts and Special Advisory Bulletins, the OIG issues compliance program guidance for certain types of health care providers. The OIG guidance identifies a number of risk areas under federal fraud and abuse statutes and regulations. These areas of risk include compensation arrangements with physicians, recruitment arrangements with physicians and joint venture relationships with physicians.

As authorized by Congress, the OIG has published safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-kickback Statute. Currently, there are statutory exceptions and safe harbors for various activities, including the following: certain investment interests, space rental, equipment rental, practitioner recruitment, personnel services and management contracts, sale of practice, referral services, warranties, discounts, employees, group purchasing organizations, waiver of beneficiary coinsurance and deductible amounts, managed care arrangements, obstetrical malpractice insurance subsidies, investments in group practices, freestanding surgery centers, ambulance replenishing, and referral agreements for specialty services.

The fact that conduct or a business arrangement does not fall within a safe harbor, or it is identified in a Special Fraud Alert, Special Advisory Bulletin or other guidance or as a risk area in the Supplemental Compliance Guidelines for Hospitals, does not necessarily render the conduct or business arrangement illegal under the Anti-kickback Statute. However, such conduct and business arrangements may lead to increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities.

We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians and others who either refer or influence the referral of patients to our hospitals and other health care facilities, including employment contracts, leases, medical director agreements and professional service agreements. We also have similar relationships with physicians and facilities to which patients are referred from our facilities. In addition, we provide financial incentives, including minimum revenue guarantees, to recruit physicians into the communities served by our hospitals. While we endeavor to comply with the applicable safe harbors, certain of our current arrangements, including joint ventures and financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and persons and entities to which we refer patients, do not qualify for safe harbor protection.

Although we believe our arrangements with physicians and other referral sources have been structured to comply with current law and available interpretations, there can be no assurance regulatory authorities enforcing these laws will determine these financial arrangements comply with the Anti-kickback Statute or other applicable laws. An adverse determination could subject us to liabilities under the Social Security Act and other laws, including criminal penalties, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care programs.

Stark Law

The Social Security Act also includes a provision commonly known as the “Stark Law.” The Stark Law prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to entities with which they or any of their immediate family members have a financial relationship, if these entities provide certain “designated health services” reimbursable by Medicare or Medicaid unless an exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits entities that provide designated health services reimbursable by Medicare and Medicaid from billing the Medicare and Medicaid programs for any items or services that result from a prohibited referral and requires the entities to refund amounts received for items or services provided pursuant to the prohibited referral. “Designated health services” include inpatient and outpatient hospital services, clinical laboratory services and radiology services. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law include denial of payment, civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per claim submitted and exclusion from the federal health care programs. Entities that receive payment as a result of services provided to a Medicare patient who is referred by a physician with whom the entity has a Stark Law non-compliant financial relationship must refund such amounts within the required time period. Failure to do so may constitute a false or fraudulent claim and may result in civil penalties and additional penalties under the FCA. The statute also provides for a penalty of up to $100,000 for a circumvention scheme. There are exceptions to the self-referral prohibition for many of the customary financial arrangements between physicians and providers, including employment contracts, leases and recruitment agreements. Unlike safe harbors under the Anti-kickback Statute with which compliance is voluntary, a financial relationship must comply with every requirement of a Stark Law exception or the arrangement is in violation of the Stark Law. Although there is an exception for a physician’s ownership interest in an entire hospital, the Health Reform Law prohibits newly created physician-owned hospitals from billing for Medicare patients referred by their physician owners. As a result, the law effectively prevents the formation of new physician-owned hospitals after December 31, 2010. While the Health Reform Law grandfathers existing physician-owned hospitals, it does not allow these hospitals to increase the percentage of physician ownership and significantly restricts their ability to expand services.

Through a series of rulemakings, CMS has issued final regulations implementing the Stark Law. Additional changes to these regulations, which became effective October 1, 2009, further restrict the types of arrangements facilities and physicians may enter, including additional restrictions on certain leases, percentage compensation arrangements, and agreements under which a hospital purchases services “under arrangements.” While these regulations were intended to clarify the requirements of the exceptions to the Stark Law, it is unclear how the government will interpret many of these exceptions for enforcement purposes. Further, we do not always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of the Stark Law and its implementing regulations. We attempt to structure our relationships to meet an exception to the Stark Law, but the regulations implementing the exceptions are detailed and complex, and we cannot assure that every relationship complies fully with the Stark Law.

Similar State Laws

Many states in which we operate also have laws similar to the Anti-kickback Statute that prohibit payments to physicians for patient referrals and laws similar to the Stark Law that prohibit certain self-referrals. The scope of these state laws is broad because they can often apply regardless of the source of payment for care, and little precedent exists for their interpretation or enforcement. These statutes typically provide for criminal and civil penalties, as well as loss of facility licensure.

Other Fraud and Abuse Provisions

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) broadened the scope of certain fraud and abuse laws by adding several criminal provisions for health care fraud offenses that apply to all health benefit programs. The Social Security Act also imposes criminal and civil penalties for making false claims and statements to Medicare and Medicaid. False claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered or for misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement, billing for

unnecessary goods and services and cost report fraud. Federal enforcement officials have the ability to exclude from Medicare and Medicaid any investors, officers and managing employees associated with business entities that have committed health care fraud, even if the officer or managing employee had no knowledge of the fraud. Criminal and civil penalties may be imposed for a number of other prohibited activities, including failure to return known overpayments, certain gainsharing arrangements, billing Medicare amounts that are substantially in excess of a provider’s usual charges, offering remuneration to influence a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary’s selection of a health care provider, contracting with an individual or entity known to be excluded from a federal health care program, making or accepting a payment to induce a physician to reduce or limit services, and soliciting or receiving any remuneration in return for referring an individual for an item or service payable by a federal health care program. Like the Anti-kickback Statute, these provisions are very broad. Under the Health Reform Law, civil penalties may be imposed for the failure to report and return an overpayment within 60 days of identifying the overpayment or by the date a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. To avoid liability, providers must, among other things, carefully and accurately code claims for reimbursement, promptly return overpayments and accurately prepare cost reports.

Some of these provisions, including the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, require a lower burden of proof than other fraud and abuse laws, including the Anti-kickback Statute. Civil monetary penalties that may be imposed under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law range from $10,000 to $50,000 per act, and in some cases may result in penalties of up to three times the remuneration offered, paid, solicited or received. In addition, a violator may be subject to exclusion from federal and state health care programs. Federal and state governments increasingly use the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, especially where they believe they cannot meet the higher burden of proof requirements under the Anti-kickback Statute. Further, individuals can receive up to $1,000 for providing information on Medicare fraud and abuse that leads to the recovery of at least $100 of Medicare funds under the Medicare Integrity Program.

The Federal False Claims Act and Similar State Laws

The qui tam, or whistleblower, provisions of the FCA allow private individuals to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal government. Further, the government may use the FCA to prosecute Medicare and other government program fraud in areas such as coding errors, billing for services not provided and submitting false cost reports. When a private party brings a qui tam action under the FCA, the defendant is not made aware of the lawsuit until the government commences its own investigation or makes a determination whether it will intervene. If a defendant is determined by a court of law to be liable under the FCA, the defendant may be required to pay three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim. There are many potential bases for liability under the FCA. Liability often arises when an entity knowingly submits a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The FCA defines the term “knowingly” broadly. Though simple negligence will not give rise to liability under the FCA, submitting a claim with reckless disregard to its truth or falsity constitutes a “knowing” submission under the FCA and, therefore, may create liability. The Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 expanded the scope of the FCA by, among other things, creating liability for knowingly and improperly avoiding repayment of an overpayment received from the government and broadening protections for whistleblowers. Under the Health Reform Law, the FCA is implicated by the knowing failure to report and return an overpayment within 60 days of identifying the overpayment or by the date a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. Further, the Health Reform Law expands the scope of the FCA to cover payments in connection with the Exchanges to be created by the Health Reform Law, if those payments include any federal funds.

In some cases, whistleblowers and the federal government have taken the position, and some courts have held, that providers who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the Anti-kickback Statute and the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the FCA. The Health Reform Law clarifies this issue with respect to the Anti-kickback Statute by providing that submission of claims for services or items generated in violation of the Anti-kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. Every entity that

receives at least $5 million annually in Medicaid payments must have written policies for all employees, contractors or agents, providing detailed information about false claims, false statements and whistleblower protections under certain federal laws, including the FCA, and similar state laws. In addition, federal law provides an incentive to states to enact false claims laws comparable to the FCA. A number of states in which we operate have adopted their own false claims provisions as well as their own whistleblower provisions under which a private party may file a civil lawsuit in state court. We have adopted and distributed policies pertaining to the FCA and relevant state laws.

HIPAA Administrative Simplification and Privacy and Security Requirements

The Administrative Simplification Provisions of HIPAA require the use of uniform electronic data transmission standards for certain health care claims and payment transactions submitted or received electronically. These provisions are intended to encourage electronic commerce in the health care industry. HHS has issued regulations implementing the HIPAA Administrative Simplification Provisions and compliance with these regulations is mandatory for our facilities. As required by the Health Reform Law, HHS is in the process of adopting standards for additional electronic transactions and establishing operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction. In addition, HIPAA requires that each provider use a National Provider Identifier. CMS has also published a final rule requiring the use of updated standard code sets for certain diagnoses and procedures known as ICD-10 code sets. Implementing the ICD-10 code sets will require significant administrative changes. Use of the ICD-10 code sets is required beginning October 1, 2014.

The privacy and security regulations promulgated pursuant to HIPAA extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, known as “protected health information,” and require covered entities, including health plans and most health care providers, to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of such information. ARRA broadened the scope of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. In addition, ARRA extends the application of certain provisions of the security and privacy regulations to business associates (entities that handle protected health information on behalf of covered entities) and subjects business associates to civil and criminal penalties for violation of the regulations. On January 17, 2013, HHS released a final rule that implements many of these ARRA provisions and becomes effective March 26, 2013. The final rule subjects business associates and their subcontractors to direct liability under the HIPAA privacy and security regulations and will likely require amendments to existing agreements with business associates. In addition, a covered entity may be subject to penalties as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity. Covered entities and business associates must comply with the final rule by September 23, 2013, except that existing business associate agreements may qualify for an extended compliance date of September 23, 2014.

Covered entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay but not to exceed 60 days of discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Notification must also be made to HHS and, in certain situations involving large breaches, to the media. HHS is required to publish on its website a list of all covered entities that report a breach involving more than 500 individuals. In its 2013 final rule, HHS modifies this breach notification requirement by creating a presumption that all non-permitted uses or disclosures of unsecured protected health information are breaches unless the covered entity or business associate establishes that there is a low probability the information has been compromised. Various state laws and regulations may also require us to notify affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving individually identifiable information.

Violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations may result in civil and criminal penalties, and ARRA has strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA, which may result in increased enforcement activity. For example, ARRA broadens the applicability of the criminal penalty provisions to employees of covered entities and requires HHS to impose penalties for violations resulting from willful neglect. Under ARRA, HHS is required to conduct periodic HIPAA compliance audits of covered entities and their business associates. HHS conducted compliance audits of 115 covered entities in 2012 and has announced its intent to

conduct additional audits. In addition, ARRA authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents. ARRA also significantly increases the amount of the civil penalties, with penalties of up to $50,000 per violation for a maximum civil penalty of $1,500,000 in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement. The 2013 final rule implements many of the ARRA enforcement requirements. In the rule, HHS removed the requirement that HHS attempt to resolve HIPAA violations through informal means, such as allowing a covered entity to implement a corrective action plan, prior to imposing penalties. Instead, HHS has the discretion to resolve violations by moving directly to impose monetary penalties. We enforce a HIPAA compliance plan, which we believe complies with the HIPAA privacy and security regulations and under which a HIPAA compliance group monitors our compliance. The HIPAA privacy regulations and security regulations have and will continue to impose significant costs on our facilities in order to comply with these standards.

There are numerous other laws and legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing privacy and security concerns. Our facilities remain subject to any federal or state privacy-related laws that are more restrictive than the privacy regulations issued under HIPAA. These laws vary and could impose additional penalties.

EMTALA

All of our hospitals in the United States are subject to EMTALA. This federal law requires any hospital participating in the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening examination of every individual who presents to the hospital’s emergency room for treatment and, if the individual is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize the condition or make an appropriate transfer of the individual to a facility able to handle the condition. The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical conditions exists regardless of an individual’s ability to pay for treatment. There are severe penalties under EMTALA if a hospital fails to screen or appropriately stabilize or transfer an individual or if the hospital delays appropriate treatment in order to first inquire about the individual’s ability to pay. Penalties for violations of EMTALA include civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in the Medicare program. In addition, an injured individual, the individual’s family or a medical facility that suffers a financial loss as a direct result of a hospital’s violation of the law can bring a civil suit against the hospital.

The government broadly interprets EMTALA to cover situations in which individuals do not actually present to a hospital’s emergency room, but present for emergency examination or treatment to the hospital’s campus, generally, or to a hospital-based clinic that treats emergency medical conditions or are transported in a hospital-owned ambulance, subject to certain exceptions. At least one court has interpreted the law also to apply to a hospital that has been notified of a patient’s pending arrival in a non-hospital owned ambulance. EMTALA does not generally apply to individuals admitted for inpatient services. The government has expressed its intent to investigate and enforce EMTALA violations actively in the future. We believe our hospitals operate in substantial compliance with EMTALA.

Corporate Practice of Medicine/Fee Splitting

Some of the states in which we operate have laws prohibiting corporations and other entities from employing physicians, practicing medicine for a profit and making certain direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements between health care providers designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients to, or the recommendation of, particular providers for medical products and services. Possible sanctions for violation of these restrictions include loss of license and civil and criminal penalties. In addition, agreements between the corporation and the physician may be considered void and unenforceable. These statutes vary from state to state, are often vague and have seldom been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies.

Health Care Industry Investigations

Significant media and public attention has focused in recent years on the hospital industry. This media and public attention, changes in government personnel or other factors may lead to increased scrutiny of the health care industry. Except as may be disclosed in our SEC filings, we are not aware of any material investigations of the Company under federal or state health care laws or regulations. It is possible that governmental entities could initiate investigations or litigation in the future at facilities we operate and that such matters could result in significant penalties, as well as adverse publicity. It is also possible that our executives and managers could be included in governmental investigations or litigation or named as defendants in private litigation.

Our substantial Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental billings result in heightened scrutiny of our operations. We continue to monitor all aspects of our business and have developed a comprehensive ethics and compliance program that is designed to meet or exceed applicable federal guidelines and industry standards. Because the law in this area is complex and constantly evolving, governmental investigations or litigation may result in interpretations that are inconsistent with our or industry practices.

In public statements surrounding current investigations, governmental authorities have taken positions on a number of issues, including some for which little official interpretation previously has been available, that appear to be inconsistent with practices that have been common within the industry and that previously have not been challenged in this manner. In some instances, government investigations that have in the past been conducted under the civil provisions of federal law may now be conducted as criminal investigations.

Both federal and state government agencies have increased their focus on and coordination of civil and criminal enforcement efforts in the health care area. The OIG and the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) have, from time to time, established national enforcement initiatives, targeting all hospital providers that focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of abuse. The Health Reform Law includes additional federal funding of $350 million over the next 10 years to fight health care fraud, waste and abuse, including $65 million for federal fiscal year 2012 and $40 million in federal fiscal year 2013. In addition, governmental agencies and their agents, such as MACs, fiscal intermediaries and carriers, may conduct audits of our health care operations. Private payers may conduct similar post-payment audits, and we also perform internal audits and monitoring.

In addition to national enforcement initiatives, federal and state investigations have addressed a wide variety of routine health care operations such as: cost reporting and billing practices, including for Medicare outliers; financial arrangements with referral sources; physician recruitment activities; physician joint ventures; and hospital charges and collection practices for self-pay patients. We engage in many of these routine health care operations and other activities that could be the subject of governmental investigations or inquiries. For example, we have significant Medicare and Medicaid billings, numerous financial arrangements with physicians who are referral sources to our hospitals, and joint venture arrangements involving physician investors. Certain of our individual facilities have received, and other facilities may receive, government inquiries from, and may be subject to investigation by, federal and state agencies. Any additional investigations of the Company, our executives or managers could result in significant liabilities or penalties to us, as well as adverse publicity.

Health Care Reform

The Health Reform Law will change how health care services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced growth in Medicare program spending, reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH payments, and the establishment of programs where reimbursement is tied to quality and integration. In addition, the law reforms certain aspects of health insurance, expands existing efforts to tie Medicare and Medicaid payments to performance and quality, and contains provisions intended to strengthen fraud and abuse enforcement. On June 28, 2012, the United States Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the individual mandate provisions of the Health Reform Law but struck down the provisions that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that do not implement the Medicaid expansion provisions with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding.

Expanded Coverage

Based on CBO’s February 2013 projection, by 2022, the Health Reform Law will expand coverage to 27 million additional individuals. This increased coverage will occur through a combination of public program expansion and private sector health insurance and other reforms.

Medicaid Expansion

The primary public program coverage expansion will occur through changes in Medicaid, and to a lesser extent, expansion of the Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”). The most significant changes will expand the categories of individuals eligible for Medicaid coverage and permit individuals with relatively higher incomes to qualify. The federal government reimburses the majority of a state’s Medicaid expenses, and it conditions its payment on the state meeting certain requirements. The federal government currently requires that states provide coverage for only limited categories of low-income adults under 65 years old (e.g., women who are pregnant, and the blind or disabled). In addition, the income level required for individuals and families to qualify for Medicaid varies widely from state to state.

As enacted, the Health Reform Law requires, commencing January 1, 2014, all state Medicaid programs to provide, and the federal government to subsidize, Medicaid coverage to virtually all adults under 65 years old with incomes at or under 133% of the federal poverty level (“FPL”). Further, the Health Reform Law also requires states to apply a “5% income disregard” to the Medicaid eligibility standard, so that Medicaid eligibility will effectively be extended to those with incomes up to 138% of the FPL. As a result of the June 2012 United States Supreme Court ruling, some states may choose not to implement the Medicaid expansion. States that choose not to implement the Medicaid expansion will forego funding established by the Health Reform Law to cover most of the expansion costs. According to the CBO’s February 2013 projection, the new eligibility requirements will expand Medicaid and CHIP coverage by an estimated 12 million persons nationwide by 2022.

As Medicaid is a joint federal and state program, the federal government provides states with “matching funds” in a defined percentage, known as the federal medical assistance percentage (“FMAP”). Beginning in 2014, states will receive an enhanced FMAP for the individuals enrolled in Medicaid pursuant to the Health Reform Law. The FMAP percentage is as follows: 100% for calendar years 2014 through 2016; 95% for 2017; 94% in 2018; 93% in 2019; and 90% in 2020 and thereafter. CMS has indicated that states that only partially expand their Medicaid programs will not receive an enhanced FMAP.

The Health Reform Law also provides that the federal government will subsidize states that create non-Medicaid plans for residents whose incomes are greater than 133% of the FPL but do not exceed 200% of the FPL. Approved state plans will be eligible to receive federal funding. The amount of that funding per individual will be equal to 95% of subsidies that would have been provided for that individual had he or she enrolled in a health plan offered through one of the Exchanges, as discussed below.

Historically, states often have attempted to reduce Medicaid spending by limiting benefits and tightening Medicaid eligibility requirements. However, the Health Reform Law requires states to at least maintain Medicaid eligibility standards established prior to the enactment of the law for adults until January 1, 2014 and for children until October 1, 2019. States with budget deficits may seek a waiver from this requirement, but only to address eligibility standards that apply to adults making more than 133% of the FPL.

Private Sector Expansion

The expansion of health coverage through the private sector as a result of the Health Reform Law will occur through new requirements applicable to health insurers, employers and individuals. Health insurers must keep their annual nonmedical costs lower than 15% of premium revenue for the group market and lower than 20% in the small group and individual markets or rebate to enrollees the amount spent in excess of the percentage. In

addition, health insurers are not permitted to deny coverage to children based upon a pre-existing condition and must allow dependent care coverage for children up to 26 years old. Commencing January 1, 2014, health insurers will be prohibited from imposing annual coverage limits, dropping coverage, excluding persons based upon pre-existing conditions or denying coverage for any individual who is willing to pay the premiums for such coverage.

Larger employers will be subject to new requirements and incentives to provide health insurance benefits to their full time employees. Effective January 1, 2014, employers with 50 or more employees that do not offer health insurance will be held subject to a penalty if an employee obtains government-subsidized coverage through an Exchange. The employer penalties will range from $2,000 to $3,000 per employee, subject to certain thresholds and conditions.

The Health Reform Law uses various means to induce individuals who do not have health insurance to obtain coverage. By January 1, 2014, individuals will be required to maintain health insurance for a minimum defined set of benefits or pay a tax penalty. The penalty in most cases is $95 in 2014, $325 in 2015, $695 in 2016, and indexed to a cost of living adjustment in subsequent years. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), in consultation with HHS, is responsible for enforcing the tax penalty, although the Health Reform Law limits the availability of certain IRS enforcement mechanisms. In addition, for individuals and families below 400% of the FPL, the cost of obtaining health insurance through the Exchanges will be subsidized by the federal government. Those with lower incomes will be eligible to receive greater subsidies. It is anticipated that those at the lowest income levels will have the majority of their premiums subsidized by the federal government, in some cases in excess of 95% of the premium amount.

To facilitate the purchase of health insurance by individuals and small employers, each state must establish or participate in an Exchange or default to a federally-operated Exchange by January 1, 2014. Based on CBO estimates issued in February 2013, approximately 26 million individuals will obtain their health insurance coverage through an Exchange by 2022. This amount will include individuals who were previously uninsured and individuals who have switched from their prior insurance coverage to a plan obtained through an Exchange. The Health Reform Law requires that the Exchanges be designed to make the process of evaluating, comparing and acquiring coverage simple for consumers. For example, each state’s Exchange must maintain an internet website through which consumers may access health plan ratings that are assigned by the state based on quality and price, view governmental health program eligibility requirements and calculate the actual cost of health coverage. Health insurers participating in an Exchange must offer a set of minimum benefits, to be defined by HHS, and may offer more benefits. Health insurers must offer at least two, and up to five, levels of plans that vary by the percentage of medical expenses that must be paid by the enrollee. These levels are referred to as platinum, gold, silver, bronze and catastrophic plans, with gold and silver being the two mandatory levels of plans. Each level of plan must require the enrollee to share the following percentages of medical expenses up to the deductible/copayment limit: platinum, 10%; gold, 20%; silver, 30%; bronze, 40%; and catastrophic, 100%. Health insurers may establish varying deductible/copayment levels, up to the statutory maximum (estimated to be between $6,000 and $7,000 for an individual). The health insurers must cover 100% of the amount of medical expenses in excess of the deductible/copayment limit. For example, an individual making 100% to 200% of the FPL will have copayments and deductibles reduced to about one-third of the amount payable by those with the same plan with incomes at or above 400% of the FPL.

Public Program Spending

The Health Reform Law provides for Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care program spending reductions between 2010 and 2019. In March 2010, CMS estimated Medicare fee-for-service reductions from 2010 to 2019 would be $233 billion and the Medicare and Medicaid DSH reductions would be an additional $64 billion. In February 2011, the CBO estimated that from 2012 to 2021, the Health Reform Law reductions would include $379 billion in Medicare fee-for-service market basket and productivity reimbursement reductions, the majority of which will come from hospitals. The CBO estimate included an additional $57 billion in reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding.

Payments for Hospitals and Ambulatory Surgery Centers

Inpatient Market Basket and Productivity Adjustment. Under the Medicare program, hospitals receive reimbursement under a PPS for general, acute care hospital inpatient services. CMS establishes fixed PPS payment amounts per inpatient discharge based on the patient’s assigned MS-DRG. These MS-DRG rates are updated each federal fiscal year, which begins October 1, using a market basket index that takes into account inflation experienced by hospitals and other entities outside the health care industry in purchasing goods and services.

The Health Reform Law provides for three types of annual reductions in the market basket. The first is a general reduction of a specified percentage each federal fiscal year starting in 2010 and extending through 2019. These reductions are as follows: federal fiscal year 2010, 0.25% for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2010; 2011 (0.25%); 2012 (0.1%); 2013 (0.1%); 2014 (0.3%); 2015 (0.2%); 2016 (0.2%); 2017 (0.75%); 2018 (0.75%); and 2019 (0.75%).

The second type of reduction to the market basket is a “productivity adjustment” that was implemented by HHS beginning in federal fiscal year 2012. The amount of that reduction is the projected nationwide productivity gains over the preceding 10 years. To determine the projection, HHS uses the BLS 10-year moving average of changes in specified economy-wide productivity (the BLS data is typically a few years old). The Health Reform Law does not contain guidelines for HHS to use in projecting the productivity figure. For federal fiscal year 2013, CMS has announced a negative 0.7% productivity adjustment to the market basket. CMS estimates that the combined market basket and productivity adjustments will reduce Medicare payments under the inpatient PPS by $112.6 billion from 2010 to 2019.

The third type of reduction is in connection with the value-based purchasing program discussed in more detail below. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2013, CMS will reduce the inpatient PPS payment amount for all discharges by the following: 1% for 2013; 1.25% for 2014; 1.5% for 2015; 1.75% for 2016; and 2% for 2017 and subsequent years. For each federal fiscal year, the total amount collected from these reductions will be pooled and used to fund payments to hospitals that satisfy certain quality metrics. While some or all of these reductions may be recovered if a hospital satisfies these quality metrics, the recovery amounts may be delayed.

If the aggregate of the three market basket reductions described above is more than the annual market basket adjustments made to account for inflation, there will be a reduction in the MS-DRG rates paid to hospitals. For example, for the federal fiscal year 2011 hospital inpatient PPS, the market basket increase to account for inflation was 2.6% and the aggregate reduction due to the Health Reform Law and the documentation and coding adjustment was 3.15%. Thus, the rates paid to a hospital for inpatient services in federal fiscal year 2011 were 0.55% less than rates paid for the same services in the prior year.

Quality-Based Payment Adjustments and Reductions for Inpatient Services. The Health Reform Law establishes or expands three provisions to promote value-based purchasing and to link payments to quality and efficiency. First, in federal fiscal year 2013, HHS is directed to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. This program will reward hospitals that meet certain quality performance standards established by HHS. The Health Reform Law provides HHS considerable discretion over the value-based purchasing program. On April 29, 2011, CMS issued a final rule establishing the value-based purchasing program for hospital inpatient services. Under this final rule, CMS states that it estimates it will distribute $850 million in federal fiscal year 2013 to hospitals based on their overall performance on a set of quality measures that have been linked to improved clinical processes of care and patient satisfaction. For payments in federal fiscal year 2013, hospitals will be scored based on a weighted average of patient experience scores using the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems survey and 12 clinical process-of-care measures. CMS will score each hospital based on achievement (relative to other hospitals) and improvement ranges (relative to the hospital’s own past performance) for each applicable measure. Because the Health Reform Law provides that the pool will be fully distributed, hospitals that meet or exceed the quality performance

standards set by HHS will receive greater reimbursement under the value-based purchasing program than they would have otherwise. Hospitals that do not achieve the necessary quality performance will receive reduced Medicare inpatient hospital payments. CMS published the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor for each hospital for federal fiscal year 2013 discharges on December 20, 2012.

Second, beginning in federal fiscal year 2013, inpatient payments will be reduced if a hospital experiences “excess readmissions” within the 30-day period from the date of discharge for heart attack, heart failure, pneumonia or other conditions that may be designated by CMS. Hospitals with what CMS defines as “excess readmissions” for these conditions will receive reduced payments for all inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excess readmission standard. The amount by which payments will be reduced if a hospital experiences excess readmissions is determined by comparison of the hospital’s readmission performance to risk-adjusted national average and is subject to a cap established by CMS. Each hospital’s performance will be publicly reported by CMS.

Third, reimbursement will be reduced based on a facility’s HAC rates. A HAC is a condition that is acquired by a patient while admitted as an inpatient in a hospital, such as a surgical site infection. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2015, the 25% of hospitals with the worst national risk-adjusted HAC rates in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total inpatient operating Medicare payments. In addition, the Health Reform Law prohibits the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical services provided to treat HACs. CMS has issued a final rule implementing this prohibition for services with dates beginning July 1, 2012. The final rule authorizes states to add additional provider-preventable conditions to the list of HACs for which Medicaid reimbursement will not be allowed.

Outpatient Market Basket and Productivity Adjustment. Hospital outpatient services paid under PPS are classified into APCs. The APC payment rates are updated each calendar year based on the market basket. The first two market basket changes outlined above — the general reduction and the productivity adjustment — apply to outpatient services as well as inpatient services, although these are applied on a calendar year basis. The percentage changes specified in the Health Reform Law summarized above as the general reduction for inpatients — e.g., 0.2% in 2015 — are the same for outpatients.

Medicare and Medicaid DSH Payments. The Medicare DSH program provides for additional payments to hospitals that treat a disproportionate share of low-income patients. Under the Health Reform Law, beginning in federal fiscal year 2014, Medicare DSH payments will be reduced to 25% of the amount they otherwise would have been absent the law. The remaining 75% of the amount that would otherwise be paid under Medicare DSH will be effectively pooled, and this pool will be reduced further each year by a formula that reflects reductions in the national level of uninsured who are under 65 years of age. In other words, the greater the level of coverage for the uninsured nationally, the more the Medicare DSH payment pool will be reduced. Each hospital will then be paid, out of the reduced DSH payment pool, an amount allocated based upon its level of uncompensated care.

It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Medicare DSH reductions, and CBO and CMS estimates differ by $38 billion. The Health Reform Law does not mandate what data source HHS must use to determine the reduction, if any, in the uninsured population nationally. In addition, the Health Reform Law does not contain a definition of “uncompensated care.” As a result, it is unclear how a hospital’s share of the Medicare DSH payment pool will be calculated. CMS could use the definition of “uncompensated care” used in connection with hospital cost reports. However, in July 2009, CMS proposed material revisions to the definition of “uncompensated care” used for cost report purposes. Those revisions would exclude certain significant costs that had historically been covered, such as unreimbursed costs of Medicaid services. CMS has not issued a final rule, and the Health Reform Law does not require HHS to use this definition, even if finalized, for DSH purposes. How CMS ultimately defines “uncompensated care” for purposes of these DSH funding provisions could have a material effect on a hospital’s Medicare DSH reimbursements. In addition to Medicare DSH funding, hospitals that provide care to a disproportionately high number of low-income patients may receive Medicaid DSH payments. The federal government distributes federal Medicaid DSH funds to each state based on a statutory

formula. The states then distribute the DSH funding among qualifying hospitals. Although federal Medicaid law defines some level of hospitals that must receive Medicaid DSH funding, states have broad discretion to define additional hospitals that also may qualify for Medicaid DSH payments and the amount of such payments. The Health Reform Law will reduce funding for the Medicaid DSH hospital program in federal fiscal years 2014 through 2020 by the following amounts: 2014 ($500 million); 2015 ($600 million); 2016 ($600 million); 2017 ($1.8 billion); 2018 ($5 billion); 2019 ($5.6 billion); and 2020 ($4 billion). The Jobs Creation Act and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 provide for additional Medicaid DSH reductions in federal fiscal years 2021 and 2022 estimated at $4.1 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively. How such cuts are allocated among the states, and how the states allocate these cuts among providers, have yet to be determined.

ACOs. The Health Reform Law requires HHS to establish the MSSP, which promotes accountability and coordination of care through the creation of ACOs. The MSSP allows certain providers and suppliers (including hospitals, physicians and other designated professionals) to voluntarily form ACOs and work together along with other ACO participants to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to achieve high quality and efficient delivery of services. The program is intended to produce savings as a result of improved quality and operational efficiency. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards established by HHS will be eligible to share in a portion of the amounts saved by the Medicare program. HHS has significant discretion to determine key elements of the program. In 2011, CMS, the OIG and certain other federal agencies released a series of rules and guidance further defining and implementing the ACO program. These rules and guidance provide for two different ACO tracks, the first of which allows ACOs to share only in the savings under the MSSP. The second track requires ACOs to share in any savings and losses under the MSSP but offers ACOs a greater share of any savings realized under the MSSP. As authorized by the Health Reform Law, the rules and guidance also provide for certain waivers from fraud and abuse laws for ACOs. CMS has approved over 200 ACOs to participate in the MSSP.

Bundled Payment Pilot Programs. The Health Reform Law created the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation with responsibility for establishing demonstration projects and other initiatives in order to identify, develop, test and encourage the adoption of new methods of delivering and paying for health care that create savings under the Medicare and Medicaid programs while improving quality of care. One initiative announced by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation is a voluntary bundled payment initiative involving over 400 participants that will link payments to participating providers for services provided during an episode of care. In addition, the Health Reform Law requires HHS to establish a five-year, voluntary, national pilot program on payment bundling for Medicare services beginning no later than January 1, 2013. Under the program, providers will agree to receive one payment for services provided to Medicare patients for certain medical conditions or episodes of care. HHS has discretion to determine how the program will function, including what medical conditions will be included in the program and the amount of the payment for each condition. The Health Reform Law also provides for a five-year bundled payment pilot program for Medicaid services. HHS may select up to eight states to participate based on the potential to lower costs under the Medicaid program while improving care. State programs may target particular categories of beneficiaries, selected diagnoses or geographic regions of the state. The selected state programs will provide one payment for both hospital and physician services provided to Medicaid patients for certain episodes of inpatient care. For both pilot programs, HHS will determine the relationship between the programs and restrictions in certain existing laws, including the Civil Monetary Penalty Law, the Anti-kickback Statute, the Stark Law and the HIPAA privacy, security and transaction standard requirements. However, the Health Reform Law does not authorize HHS to waive other laws that may impact the ability of hospitals and other eligible participants to participate in the pilot programs, such as antitrust laws.

Ambulatory Surgery Centers. The Health Reform Law reduces reimbursement for ASCs through a productivity adjustment to the market basket similar to the productivity adjustment for inpatient and outpatient hospital services. In addition, CMS has established a quality reporting program for ASCs under which ASCs that fail to report on required quality measures will receive a 2% reduction in reimbursement beginning with the calendar year 2014 payment determination.

Medicare Managed Care (Medicare Advantage or “MA”). Under the MA program, the federal government contracts with private health plans to provide inpatient and outpatient benefits to beneficiaries who enroll in such plans. In 2012, approximately 12.8 million Medicare beneficiaries elected to enroll in MA plans. Effective in 2014, the Health Reform Law requires MA plans to keep annual administrative costs lower than 15% of annual premium revenue. The Health Reform Law reduces, over a three year period starting in 2012, premium payments to the MA plans such that CMS’ managed care per capita premium payments are, on average, equal to traditional Medicare. In addition, the Health Reform Law implements fee payment adjustments based on service benchmarks and quality ratings. As a result of these changes, payments to MA plans are estimated to be reduced by $138 to $145 billion between 2010 and 2019. These reductions to MA plan premium payments may cause some plans to raise premiums or limit benefits, which in turn might cause some Medicare beneficiaries to terminate their MA coverage and enroll in traditional Medicare.

Physician-Owned Hospital Limitations

Over the last decade, we have faced significant competition from hospitals that have physician ownership. The Health Reform Law prohibits newly created physician-owned hospitals from billing for Medicare patients referred by their physician owners. As a result, the law effectively prevents the formation of new physician-owned hospitals that participate in Medicare and Medicaid after December 31, 2010. While the law grandfathers existing physician-owned hospitals, it does not allow these hospitals to increase the percentage of physician ownership and significantly restricts their ability to expand services.

Program Integrity and Fraud and Abuse

The Health Reform Law makes several significant changes to health care fraud and abuse laws, provides additional enforcement tools to the government, increases cooperation between agencies by establishing mechanisms for the sharing of information and enhances criminal and administrative penalties for non-compliance. For example, the Health Reform Law: (1) provides $350 million in increased federal funding over the next 10 years to fight health care fraud, waste and abuse; (2) expands the scope of the RAC program to include MA plans and Medicaid; (3) authorizes HHS, in consultation with the OIG, to suspend Medicare and Medicaid payments to a provider of services or a supplier “pending an investigation of a credible allegation of fraud;” (4) provides Medicare contractors with additional flexibility to conduct random prepayment reviews; and (5) tightens up the rules for returning overpayments made by governmental health programs and expands FCA liability to include failure to timely repay identified overpayments.

Impact of Health Reform Law on the Company

The expansion of health insurance coverage under the Health Reform Law may result in a material increase in the number of patients using our facilities who have either private or public program coverage. In addition, the Health Reform Law provides for the establishment of a value-based purchasing program, ACOs and bundled payment pilot programs. These and related initiatives create possible sources of additional revenue. However, with respect to the expansion of coverage, it is unclear how many states will decline to implement the Medicaid expansion. Those states with relatively low income eligibility requirements for Medicaid may have the greatest financial incentives to implement the Medicaid expansion. The Company has a significant presence in several of these low income eligibility states, including Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas and Virginia. However, the governors of a number of states, including Texas, in which a significant number of the Company’s licensed beds are located, have announced their intentions to opt out of expanding their Medicaid programs pursuant to the Health Reform Law. These statements are not legally binding and may be subject to change. It is difficult to predict the size of the potential revenue gains to the Company as a result of the expanded coverage, ACO and bundled payment provisions of the Health Reform Law because of uncertainty surrounding a number of material factors, including the following:

•

how many states will implement the Medicaid expansion provisions and under what terms;

•

how many previously uninsured individuals will obtain coverage as a result of the Health Reform Law (based on the CBO’s February 2013 estimates, by 2022, the Health Reform Law will expand coverage to 27 million additional individuals);

•

what percentage of the newly insured patients will be covered under the Medicaid program and what percentage will be covered by private health insurers;

•

the extent to which states will enroll new Medicaid participants in managed care programs;

•

the pace at which insurance coverage expands, including the pace of different types of coverage expansion;

•

the change, if any, in the volume of inpatient and outpatient hospital services that are sought by and provided to previously uninsured individuals;

•

the rate paid to hospitals by private payers for newly covered individuals, including those covered through the newly created Exchanges and those who might be covered under the Medicaid program under contracts with the state;

•

the rate paid by state governments under the Medicaid program for newly covered individuals;

•

the effect of the value-based purchasing program on our hospitals’ revenues and the effects of other quality programs;

•

the percentage of individuals in the Exchanges who select the high deductible plans, since health insurers offering those kinds of products have traditionally sought to pay lower rates to hospitals; and

•

whether the net effect of the Health Reform Law, including the prohibition on excluding individuals based on pre-existing conditions, the requirement to keep medical costs at or above a specified minimum percentage of premium revenue, other health insurance reforms and the annual fee applied to all health insurers, will be to put pressure on the bottom line of health insurers, which in turn might cause them to seek to reduce payments to hospitals with respect to both newly insured individuals and their existing business.

On the other hand, because 43% of our revenues in 2012 were from Medicare and Medicaid, reductions to these programs and changes to reimbursement methodologies may significantly impact the Company and could offset any positive effects of the Health Reform Law. It is difficult to predict the size or impact of the reductions to Medicare and Medicaid spending and other reimbursement changes resulting from the Health Reform Law because of uncertainty regarding a number of material factors, including the following:

•

the amount of overall revenues the Company will generate from Medicare and Medicaid business when the reductions are implemented;

•

whether reductions required by the Health Reform Law will be changed by statute or by judicial decision prior to becoming effective;

•

the size of the Health Reform Law’s annual productivity adjustment to the market basket;

•

the amount of the Medicare DSH reductions that will be made, commencing in federal fiscal year 2014;

•

the allocation to our hospitals of the Medicaid DSH reductions, commencing in federal fiscal year 2014;

•

what the losses in revenues will be, if any, from the Health Reform Law’s quality initiatives;

•

how successful ACOs will be at coordinating care and reducing costs or whether they will decrease reimbursement;

•

the scope and nature of potential changes to Medicare reimbursement methods, such as an emphasis on bundling payments or coordination of care programs;

•

whether the Company’s revenues from upper payment limit (“UPL”) programs, or other Medicaid supplemental programs developed through a federally approved waiver program (“Waiver Program”), will be adversely affected because there may be reductions in available state and local government funding for the programs; and

•

reductions to Medicare payments CMS may impose for “excess readmissions.”

Because of the many variables involved, we are unable to predict the net effect on the Company of the expected increases in insured individuals using our facilities, reductions in Medicare spending, reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH funding, and numerous other provisions in the Health Reform Law that may affect the Company. Further, it is unclear how efforts to repeal or revise the Health Reform Law and remaining or new federal lawsuits challenging its constitutionality will be resolved or what the impact would be of any resulting changes to the law.

General Economic and Demographic Factors

Budget deficits at federal, state and local government entities have had a negative impact on spending for many health and human service programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and similar programs, which represent significant payer sources for our hospitals. Other risks we face during periods of economic weakness and high unemployment include potential declines in the population covered under managed care agreements, increased patient decisions to postpone or cancel elective and nonemergency health care procedures, increases in the uninsured and underinsured populations, increased adoption of health plan structures that shift financial responsibility to patients and further difficulties in our collecting patient copayment and deductible receivables. The Health Reform Law seeks to decrease over time the number of uninsured individuals, by among other things requiring employers to offer, and individuals to carry, health insurance or be subject to penalties. However, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the Health Reform Law due to the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, remaining or new court challenges, and possible amendment or repeal.

The health care industry is impacted by the overall United States economy. The federal deficit, the growing magnitude of Medicare expenditures and the aging of the United States population will continue to place pressure on federal health care programs.

Compliance Program

We maintain a comprehensive ethics and compliance program that is designed to meet or exceed applicable federal guidelines and industry standards. The program is intended to monitor and raise awareness of various regulatory issues among employees and to emphasize the importance of complying with governmental laws and regulations. As part of the ethics and compliance program, we provide annual ethics and compliance training to our employees and encourage all employees to report any violations to their supervisor, an ethics and compliance officer or a toll-free telephone ethics line. The Health Reform Law requires providers to implement core elements of compliance program criteria to be established by HHS, on a timeline to be established by HHS, as a condition of enrollment in the Medicare or Medicaid programs, and we may have to modify our compliance programs to comply with these new criteria.

Antitrust Laws

The federal government and most states have enacted antitrust laws that prohibit certain types of conduct deemed to be anti-competitive. These laws prohibit price fixing, concerted refusal to deal, market monopolization, price discrimination, tying arrangements, acquisitions of competitors and other practices that have, or may have, an adverse effect on competition. Violations of federal or state antitrust laws can result in various sanctions, including criminal and civil penalties. Antitrust enforcement in the health care industry is

currently a priority of the Federal Trade Commission. We believe we are in compliance with such federal and state laws, but courts or regulatory authorities may reach a determination in the future that could adversely affect our operations.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various federal, state and local statutes and ordinances regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. We do not believe that we will be required to expend any material amounts in order to comply with these laws and regulations.

Insurance

As is typical in the health care industry, we are subject to claims and legal actions by patients in the ordinary course of business. Subject to a $5 million per occurrence self-insured retention, our facilities are insured by our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary for losses up to $50 million per occurrence. The insurance subsidiary has obtained reinsurance for professional liability risks generally above a retention level of $15 million per occurrence. We also maintain professional liability insurance with unrelated commercial carriers for losses in excess of amounts insured by our insurance subsidiary.

We purchase, from unrelated insurance companies, coverage for directors and officers liability and property loss in amounts we believe are adequate. The directors and officers liability coverage includes a $5 million corporate deductible subsequent to our initial public offering in March 2011. In addition, we will continue to purchase coverage for our directors and officers on an ongoing basis. The property coverage includes varying deductibles depending on the cause of the property damage. These deductibles range from $500,000 per claim up to 5% of the affected property values for certain flood and wind and earthquake related incidents.

Employees and Medical Staffs

At December 31, 2012, we had approximately 204,000 employees, including approximately 51,000 part-time employees. References herein to “employees” refer to employees of our affiliates. We are subject to various state and federal laws that regulate wages, hours, benefits and other terms and conditions relating to employment. At December 31, 2012, employees at 38 of our domestic hospitals are represented by various labor unions. While no elections are expected in 2013, it is possible additional hospitals may unionize in the future. We consider our employee relations to be good and have not experienced work stoppages that have materially, adversely affected our business or results of operations. Our hospitals, like most hospitals, have experienced rising labor costs. In some markets, nurse and medical support personnel availability has become a significant operating issue to health care providers. To address this challenge, we have implemented several initiatives to improve retention, recruiting, compensation programs and productivity.

Our hospitals are staffed by licensed physicians, including both employed physicians and physicians who are not employees of our hospitals. Some physicians provide services in our hospitals under contracts, which generally describe a term of service, provide and establish the duties and obligations of such physicians, require the maintenance of certain performance criteria and fix compensation for such services. Any licensed physician may apply to be accepted to the medical staff of any of our hospitals, but the hospital’s medical staff and the appropriate governing board of the hospital, in accordance with established credentialing criteria, must approve acceptance to the staff. Members of the medical staffs of our hospitals often also serve on the medical staffs of other hospitals and may terminate their affiliation with one of our hospitals at any time.

We may be required to continue to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and other medical support personnel or to hire more expensive temporary or contract personnel. As a result, our labor costs could increase. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate. Certain proposed changes in federal labor laws and the National Labor

Relations Board’s (the “NLRB”) modification of its election procedures could increase the likelihood of employee unionization attempts. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, our costs could increase materially. In addition, the states in which we operate could adopt mandatory nurse-staffing ratios or could reduce mandatory nurse-staffing ratios already in place. State-mandated nurse-staffing ratios could significantly affect labor costs, and have an adverse impact on revenues if we are required to limit patient admissions in order to meet the required ratios.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

As of January 31, 2013, our executive officers were as follows:


Name	Age		Position(s)
Richard M. Bracken		60	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
R. Milton Johnson		56	President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
David G. Anderson		65	Senior Vice President — Finance and Treasurer
Victor L. Campbell		66	Senior Vice President
Jana J. Davis		54	Senior Vice President — Corporate Affairs
Jon M. Foster		51	President — American Group
Charles J. Hall		59	President — National Group
Samuel N. Hazen		52	President — Operations
A. Bruce Moore, Jr.		52	President — Service Line and Operations Integration
Michael P. O’Boyle		56	President and CEO — Parallon Business Solutions^sm
P. Martin Paslick		53	Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Jonathan B. Perlin, M.D.		51	President — Clinical and Physician Services Group and Chief Medical Officer
Joseph A. Sowell, III		56	Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer
Joseph N. Steakley		58	Senior Vice President — Internal Audit Services
John M. Steele		57	Senior Vice President — Human Resources
Donald W. Stinnett		56	Senior Vice President and Controller
Juan Vallarino		52	Senior Vice President — Employer and Payer Engagement
Robert A. Waterman		59	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Labor Relations Officer
Alan R. Yuspeh		63	Senior Vice President and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer

Richard M. Bracken has served as Chief Executive Officer since January 2009 and was appointed as Chairman of the Board in December 2009. Mr. Bracken served as President and Chief Executive Officer from January 2009 to December 2009. Mr. Bracken was appointed Chief Operating Officer in July 2001 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2002 to January 2009. Mr. Bracken served as President — Western Group of the Company from August 1997 until July 2001. From January 1995 to August 1997, Mr. Bracken served as President of the Pacific Division of the Company. Prior to 1995, Mr. Bracken served in various hospital Chief Executive Officer and Administrator positions with HCA-Hospital Corporation of America.

R. Milton Johnson has served as President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since February 2011 and was appointed as a director in December 2009. Mr. Johnson served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from July 2004 to February 2011 and as Senior Vice President and Controller of the Company from July 1999 until July 2004. Mr. Johnson served as Vice President and Controller of the Company from November 1998 to July 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Johnson served as Vice President — Tax of the Company from April 1995 to October 1998. Prior to that time, Mr. Johnson served as Director of Tax for Healthtrust, Inc. — The Hospital Company from September 1987 to April 1995.

David G. Anderson has served as Senior Vice President — Finance and Treasurer of the Company since July 1999. Mr. Anderson served as Vice President — Finance of the Company from September 1993 to July 1999 and was appointed to the additional position of Treasurer in November 1996. From March 1993 until

September 1993, Mr. Anderson served as Vice President — Finance and Treasurer of Galen Health Care, Inc. From July 1988 to March 1993, Mr. Anderson served as Vice President — Finance and Treasurer of Humana Inc.

Victor L. Campbell has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since February 1994. Prior to that time, Mr. Campbell served as HCA-Hospital Corporation of America’s Vice President for Investor, Corporate and Government Relations. Mr. Campbell joined HCA-Hospital Corporation of America in 1972. Mr. Campbell serves on the board of the Nashville Health Care Council, as a member of the American Hospital Association’s President’s Forum, and on the board and Executive Committee of the Federation of American Hospitals.

Jana J. Davis was appointed Senior Vice President — Corporate Affairs of the Company in December 2012. Prior to that time, she served as the Company’s Senior Vice President – Communications from February 2011 to December 2012 and Vice President of Communications from November 1997 to February 2011. Ms. Davis joined HCA in 1997 from Burson-Marsteller, where she was a Managing Director and served as Corporate Practice Chair for Latin American operations. Ms. Davis also held a number of Public Affairs positions in the George H.W. Bush and Reagan Administrations. Ms. Davis is an attorney and serves as chair of the Public Relations Committee for the Federation of American Hospitals.

Jon M. Foster was appointed President — American Group in January 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Foster served as President — Southwest Group from February 2011 to January 2013 and as Division President for the Central and West Texas Division from January 2006 to February 2011. Mr. Foster joined HCA in March 2001 as President and CEO of St. David’s HealthCare in Austin, Texas and served in that position until February 2011. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Foster served in various executive capacities within the Baptist Health System, Knoxville, Tennessee and The Methodist Hospital System in Houston, Texas.

Charles J. Hall was appointed President — National Group in February 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Hall served as President — Eastern Group from October 2006 to February 2011. Mr. Hall had previously served the Company as President — North Florida Division from April 2003 until October 2006, as President of the East Florida Division from January 1999 until April 2003, as a Market President in the East Florida Division from January 1998 until December 1998, as President of the South Florida Division from February 1996 until December 1997, and as President of the Southwest Florida Division from October 1994 until February 1996, and in various other capacities since 1987.

Samuel N. Hazen was appointed President — Operations of the Company in February 2011. Mr. Hazen served as President — Western Group from July 2001 to February 2011 and as Chief Financial Officer — Western Group of the Company from August 1995 to July 2001. Mr. Hazen served as Chief Financial Officer — North Texas Division of the Company from February 1994 to July 1995. Prior to that time, Mr. Hazen served in various hospital and regional Chief Financial Officer positions with Humana Inc. and Galen Health Care, Inc.

A. Bruce Moore, Jr. was appointed President — Service Line and Operations Integration in February 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Moore had served as President — Outpatient Services Group since January 2006. Mr. Moore served as Senior Vice President and as Chief Operating Officer — Outpatient Services Group from July 2004 to January 2006 and as Senior Vice President — Operations Administration from July 1999 until July 2004. Mr. Moore served as Vice President — Operations Administration of the Company from September 1997 to July 1999, as Vice President — Benefits from October 1996 to September 1997, and as Vice President — Compensation from March 1995 until October 1996.

Michael P. O’Boyle was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Parallon Business Solutions in January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. O’Boyle served as President of UnitedHealth Networks, a subsidiary of UnitedHealth Group, from 2008 to 2012. From 2005 to 2008, he served as the Chief Operating Officer of the Cleveland Clinic. He joined the Cleveland Clinic as Chief Financial Officer in 2001. From 1991 to 2001, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Medlantic Healthcare Group and MedStar Health, Inc. From 1987 to 1991, he held several financial leadership roles, including Chief Financial Officer, for three hospitals.

P. Martin Paslick was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Company in June 2012. Prior to that time, he served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Information Technology & Services from March 2010 to May 2012 and Vice President – Information Technology & Services Field Operations from September 2006 to February 2010. From January 1998 to September 2006, he served in various Vice President roles in the Company’s Information Technology & Services department. Mr. Paslick joined the Company in 1985.

Dr. Jonathan B. Perlin was appointed President — Clinical and Physician Services Group and Chief Medical Officer in February 2011. Dr. Perlin had served as President — Clinical Services Group and Chief Medical Officer from November 2007 to February 2011 and as Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President — Quality of the Company from August 2006 to November 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Perlin served as Under Secretary for Health in the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs since April 2004. Dr. Perlin joined the Veterans Health Administration in November 1999 where he served in various capacities, including as Deputy Under Secretary for Health from July 2002 to April 2004, and as Chief Quality and Performance Officer from November 1999 to September 2002.

Joseph A. Sowell, III was appointed as Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer of the Company in December 2009. From 1987 to 1996 and again from 1999 to 2009, Mr. Sowell was a partner at the law firm of Waller Lansden Dortch & Davis where he specialized in the areas of health care law, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, private equity financing, tax law and general corporate law. He also co-managed the firm’s corporate and commercial transactions practice. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Sowell served as the head of development, and later as the Chief Operating Officer of Arcon Healthcare.

Joseph N. Steakley has served as Senior Vice President — Internal Audit Services of the Company since July 1999. Mr. Steakley served as Vice President — Internal Audit Services from November 1997 to July 1999. From October 1989 until October 1997, Mr. Steakley was a partner with Ernst & Young LLP.

John M. Steele has served as Senior Vice President — Human Resources of the Company since November 2003. Mr. Steele served as Vice President — Compensation and Recruitment of the Company from November 1997 to October 2003. From March 1995 to November 1997, Mr. Steele served as Assistant Vice President — Recruitment.

Donald W. Stinnett has served as Senior Vice President and Controller since December 2008. Mr. Stinnett served as Chief Financial Officer — Eastern Group from October 2005 to December 2008 and Chief Financial Officer of the Far West Division from July 1999 to October 2005. Mr. Stinnett served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance of Franciscan Health System of the Ohio Valley from 1995 until 1999, and served in various capacities with Franciscan Health System of Cincinnati and Providence Hospital in Cincinnati prior to that time.

Juan Vallarino was appointed Senior Vice President — Employer and Payer Engagement (former Senior Vice President - Strategic Pricing and Analytics) in February 2011. Prior to that time, Mr. Vallarino served as Vice President — Strategic Pricing and Analytics since October 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Vallarino served as Vice President of Managed Care for the Western Group of the Company from January 1998 to October 2006.

Robert A. Waterman has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company since November 1997 and Chief Labor Relations Officer since March 2009. Mr. Waterman served as a partner in the law firm of Latham & Watkins from September 1993 to October 1997; he was Chair of the firm’s health care group during 1997.

Alan R. Yuspeh has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer of the Company since May 2007. From October 1997 to May 2007, Mr. Yuspeh served as Senior Vice President — Ethics, Compliance and Corporate Responsibility of the Company. From September 1991 until October 1997,

Mr. Yuspeh was a partner with the law firm of Howrey & Simon. As a part of his law practice, Mr. Yuspeh served from 1987 to 1997 as Coordinator of the Defense Industry Initiative on Business Ethics and Conduct.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

If any of the events discussed in the following risk factors were to occur, our business, financial position, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially, adversely affected. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known, or currently deemed immaterial, may also constrain our business and operations.

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations.

We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2012, our total indebtedness was $28.930 billion. As of December 31, 2012, we had availability of $1.934 billion under our senior secured revolving credit facility and $1.030 billion under our asset-based revolving credit facility, after giving effect to letters of credit and borrowing base limitations. Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

•

increasing our vulnerability to downturns or adverse changes in general economic, industry or competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulations;

•

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

•

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our unhedged borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

•

limiting our ability to make strategic acquisitions or causing us to make nonstrategic divestitures;

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product or service line development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

•

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We and our subsidiaries have the ability to incur additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may not be able to refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms. If we are unable to do so, we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

In addition, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be

permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity, and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. We may find it necessary or prudent to refinance our outstanding indebtedness with longer-maturity debt at a higher interest rate. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, is directly affected by the current global economic and financial conditions. In addition, our ability to incur secured indebtedness (which would generally enable us to achieve better pricing than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends in part on the value of our assets, which depends, in turn, on the strength of our cash flows and results of operations, and on economic and market conditions and other factors.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations or we are unable to refinance our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. If our operating results and available cash are insufficient to meet our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions, or the proceeds from the dispositions may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

•

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

•

make certain investments;

•

sell or transfer assets;

•

create liens;

•

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

•

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Under our asset-based revolving credit facility, when (and for as long as) the combined availability under our asset-based revolving credit facility and our senior secured revolving credit facility is less than a specified amount for a certain period of time or, if a payment or bankruptcy event of default has occurred and is continuing, funds deposited into any of our depository accounts will be transferred on a daily basis into a blocked account with the administrative agent and applied to prepay loans under the asset-based revolving credit facility and to cash collateralize letters of credit issued thereunder.

Under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and there can be no assurance we will continue to meet those ratios. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under both the cash flow credit facility and the asset-based revolving credit facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets under our senior secured credit facilities and that collateral (other

than certain European collateral securing our senior secured European term loan facility) is also pledged as collateral under our first lien notes. If any of the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, there can be no assurance there will be sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit facilities, the first lien notes and our other indebtedness.

Our hospitals face competition for patients from other hospitals and health care providers.

The health care business is highly competitive, and competition among hospitals and other health care providers for patients has intensified in recent years. Generally, other hospitals in the local communities we serve provide services similar to those offered by our hospitals. In addition, CMS publicizes on its Hospital Compare website performance data related to quality measures and data on patient satisfaction surveys hospitals submit in connection with their Medicare reimbursement. Federal law provides for the future expansion of the number of quality measures that must be reported. Additional quality measures and future trends toward clinical transparency may have an unanticipated impact on our competitive position and patient volumes. Further, the Health Reform Law requires every hospital to establish and update annually a public listing of the hospital’s standard charges for items and services. If any of our hospitals achieve poor results (or results that are lower than our competitors) on these quality measures or on patient satisfaction surveys or if our standard charges are higher than our competitors, our patient volumes could decline.

In addition, the number of freestanding specialty hospitals, surgery centers, emergency departments, urgent care centers and diagnostic and imaging centers in the geographic areas in which we operate has increased significantly. As a result, most of our hospitals operate in a highly competitive environment. Some of the facilities that compete with our hospitals are physician-owned or are owned by governmental agencies or not-for-profit corporations supported by endowments, charitable contributions and/or tax revenues and can finance capital expenditures and operations on a tax-exempt basis. Our hospitals face competition from competitors that are implementing physician alignment strategies, such as employing physicians, acquiring physician practice groups and participating in ACOs or other clinical integration models. Our hospitals compete with specialty hospitals and with both our own and unaffiliated freestanding surgery centers for market share in certain high margin services and for quality physicians and personnel. If ambulatory surgery centers are better able to compete in this environment than our hospitals, our hospitals may experience a decline in patient volume, and we may experience a decrease in margin, even if those patients use our ambulatory surgery centers. In states that do not require a CON for the purchase, construction or expansion of health care facilities or services, competition in the form of new services, facilities and capital spending is more prevalent. Further, if our competitors are better able to attract patients, make capital expenditures and maintain modern and technologically upgraded facilities and equipment, recruit physicians, expand services or obtain favorable managed care contracts at their facilities than our hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers, we may experience an overall decline in patient volume. See Item 1, “Business — Competition.”

The growth of uninsured and patient due accounts and a deterioration in the collectibility of these accounts could adversely affect our results of operations.

The primary collection risks of our accounts receivable relate to the uninsured patient accounts and patient accounts for which the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts (exclusions, deductibles and copayments) remain outstanding. The provision for doubtful accounts relates primarily to amounts due directly from patients. Although Medicare reimburses hospitals for a portion of Medicare bad debts, the Jobs Creation Act reduced the reimbursement level from 70% of eligible bad debts to 65% beginning in federal fiscal year 2013.

The amount of the provision for doubtful accounts is based upon management’s assessment of historical write-offs and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in federal and state governmental and private employer health care coverage, the rate of growth in uninsured patient admissions and

other collection indicators. At December 31, 2012, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 93% of the $5.228 billion patient due accounts receivable balance. The sum of the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care increased from $9.626 billion for 2010 to $11.214 billion for 2011 and to $13.841 billion for 2012.

A continuation of the trends that have resulted in an increasing proportion of accounts receivable being comprised of uninsured accounts and a deterioration in the collectibility of these accounts will adversely affect our collection of accounts receivable, cash flows and results of operations. We may also be adversely affected by the growth in patient responsibility accounts as a result of increases in the adoption of plan structures, including health savings accounts, that shift greater responsibility for care to individuals through greater exclusions and copayment and deductible amounts. Our facilities may experience growth in bad debts, uninsured discounts and charity care as a result of a number of factors, including the economic downturn and continued high unemployment. The Health Reform Law seeks to decrease, over time, the number of uninsured individuals through reforms that mostly will become effective January 1, 2014. On June 28, 2012, the United States Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the individual mandate provisions of the Health Reform Law but struck down the provisions that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that do not implement the Medicaid expansion provisions with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding. As a result, states may choose not to implement the Medicaid expansion. Thus, even after full implementation of the Health Reform Law, we may continue to experience bad debts and have to provide uninsured discounts and charity care for individuals residing in states that choose not to implement the Medicaid expansion. We may also continue to experience bad debts and have to provide uninsured discounts and charity care for undocumented aliens who are not permitted to enroll in an Exchange or government health care programs and certain others who may not have insurance coverage. Further, implementation of the Health Reform Law could result in some patients terminating their current insurance plans in favor of lower cost Medicaid plans or other insurance coverage with lower reimbursement levels. Patient responsibility accounts may continue to increase even with expanded health plan coverage as a result of increases in plan exclusions and deductibles and copayment amounts.

It is difficult to predict the full impact of the Health Reform Law due to the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, court challenges and possible amendment or repeal, as well as our inability to foresee how individuals, states and businesses will respond to the choices afforded them by the law.

Changes in government health care programs may adversely affect our revenues.

A significant portion of our patient volume is derived from government health care programs, principally Medicare and Medicaid. Specifically, we derived 43% of our revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs in 2012. Changes in government health care programs may reduce the reimbursement we receive and could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In recent years, legislative and regulatory changes have resulted in limitations on and, in some cases, reductions in levels of payments to health care providers for certain services under the Medicare program. The Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) provides for new spending on program integrity initiatives intended to reduce fraud and abuse under the Medicare program. The BCA requires automatic spending reductions of $1.2 trillion for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2021, minus any deficit reductions enacted by Congress and debt service costs. However, the percentage reduction for Medicare may not be more than 2% for a fiscal year, with a uniform percentage reduction across all Medicare programs. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 delayed implementation of the BCA. The President and Congress continue to negotiate federal government spending reductions, but if action is not taken by March 1, 2013, the BCA-mandated spending reductions will occur beginning April 1, 2013. It is possible that these negotiations will result only in another temporary compromise or will result in different spending reductions than required by the BCA. We are unable to predict how these spending reductions will be structured, what other deficit reduction initiatives may be proposed by Congress or whether Congress will attempt to suspend or restructure the automatic budget cuts. These reductions will be in

addition to reductions mandated by the Health Reform Law, which provides for material reductions in the growth of Medicare program spending, including reductions in Medicare market basket updates and Medicare DSH funding. For example, we estimate that proposed changes to the distribution of Medicare DSH payments as a result of the Health Reform Law will reduce Medicare DSH payments to our hospitals in the aggregate by approximately $200 million in federal fiscal year 2014. Further, from time to time, CMS revises the reimbursement systems used to reimburse health care providers, including changes to the MS-DRG system and other payment systems, which may result in reduced Medicare payments.

Because most states must operate with balanced budgets and because the Medicaid program is often a state’s largest program, some states have enacted or may consider enacting legislation designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures. Further, many states have also adopted, or are considering, legislation designed to reduce coverage, enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs and/or impose additional taxes on hospitals to help finance or expand the states’ Medicaid systems. The current economic environment has increased the budgetary pressures on many states, and these budgetary pressures have resulted, and likely will continue to result, in decreased spending, or decreased spending growth, for Medicaid programs and the Children’s Health Insurance Program in many states. Some states that provide Medicaid supplemental payments are reviewing these programs or have filed waiver requests with CMS to replace these programs, which could result in Medicaid supplemental payments being reduced or eliminated. CMS approved a Medicaid waiver in December 2011 that allows Texas to continue receiving supplemental Medicaid reimbursement while expanding its Medicaid managed care program. However, we cannot predict whether the Texas private supplemental Medicaid Waiver Program will continue or guarantee that revenues recognized from the program will not decrease.

The Health Reform Law made changes to the Medicaid program and will likely cause additional changes in the future. For example, the Health Reform Law provides for material reductions to Medicaid DSH funding. The Health Reform Law will result in increased state legislative and regulatory changes in order for states to comply with new federal mandates, such as the requirement to establish or participate in Exchanges and to participate in grants and other incentive opportunities. The Health Reform Law requires states to at least maintain the Medicaid eligibility standards in effect prior to the enactment of the law for adults until January 1, 2014 and for children until October 1, 2019. However, states with budget deficits may seek a waiver from this requirement to address eligibility standards that apply to adults making more than 133% of the federal poverty level. The Health Reform Law also provides for significant expansions to the Medicaid program beginning in 2014. However, in its June 28, 2012 ruling, the United States Supreme Court struck down the portion of the Health Reform Law that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that do not implement the Medicaid expansion provisions with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding. Thus, states may opt not to implement the expansion.

In some cases, commercial third-party payers rely on all or portions of Medicare payment systems to determine payment rates. Changes to government health care programs that reduce payments under these programs may negatively impact payments from commercial third-party payers.

Current or future health care reform and deficit reduction efforts, changes in laws or regulations regarding government health care programs, other changes in the administration of government health care programs and changes to commercial third-party payers in response to health care reform and other changes to government health care programs could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We are unable to predict the impact of the Health Reform Law, which represents a significant change to the health care industry.

As enacted, the Health Reform Law will change how health care services are covered, delivered, and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced growth in Medicare program spending, reductions in Medicare and Medicaid DSH payments and the establishment of programs where reimbursement is tied to quality and integration. In addition, the law reforms certain aspects of health insurance, expands existing efforts to tie Medicare and Medicaid payments to performance and quality, and contains provisions intended to

strengthen fraud and abuse enforcement. Further, the Health Reform Law provides for a value-based purchasing program, the establishment of ACOs and bundled payment pilot programs, which may create sources of additional revenue. On June 28, 2012, the United States Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the individual mandate provisions of the Health Reform Law but struck down the provisions that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that do not implement the Medicaid expansion provisions with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding. States that choose not to implement the Medicaid expansion will forego funding established by the Health Reform Law to cover most of the expansion costs. While the expansion of health insurance coverage under the Health Reform Law may result in a material increase in the number of patients using our facilities who have either private or public program coverage, it is unclear how many states will decline to implement the Medicaid expansion. Those states with relatively low income eligibility requirements for Medicaid may have the greatest financial incentives to implement the Medicaid expansion. The Company has a significant presence in several of these low income eligibility states, including Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas and Virginia. However, the governors of a number of states, including Texas, in which a significant number of the Company’s licensed beds are located, have announced their intentions to opt out of expanding their Medicaid programs pursuant to the Health Reform Law. These statements are not legally binding and may be subject to change.

It is difficult to predict the size of the potential revenue gains to the Company as a result of the expanded coverage, ACO and bundled payment provisions of the Health Reform Law because of uncertainty surrounding a number of material factors, including the following:

•

how many states will implement the Medicaid expansion provisions and under what terms;

•

what percentage of the newly insured patients will be covered under the Medicaid program and what percentage will be covered by private health insurers;

•

the extent to which states will enroll new Medicaid participants in managed care programs;

•

the pace at which insurance coverage expands, including the pace of different types of coverage expansion;

•

the change, if any, in the volume of inpatient and outpatient hospital services that are sought by and provided to previously uninsured individuals;

•

the rate paid by state governments under the Medicaid program for newly covered individuals;

•

the effect of the value-based purchasing program on our hospitals’ revenues and the effects of other quality programs;

•

the amount of overall revenues the Company will generate from Medicare and Medicaid business when the reductions are implemented;

•

whether reductions required by the Health Reform Law will be changed by statute or by judicial decision prior to becoming effective;

•

the size of the Health Reform Law’s annual productivity adjustment to the market basket;

•

the amount of the Medicare DSH reductions that will be made, commencing in federal fiscal year 2014;

•

the allocation to our hospitals of the Medicaid DSH reductions, commencing in federal fiscal year 2014;

•

what the losses in revenues will be, if any, from the Health Reform Law’s quality initiatives;

•

how successful ACOs will be at coordinating care and reducing costs or whether they will decrease reimbursement;

•

the scope and nature of potential changes to Medicare reimbursement methods, such as an emphasis on bundling payments or coordination of care programs;

•

whether the Company’s revenues from UPL programs, or other Medicaid supplemental programs developed through a federally approved waiver program (“Waiver Program”), will be adversely affected because there may be reductions in available state and local government funding for the programs; and

•

reductions to Medicare payments CMS may impose for “excess readmissions.”

If we are unable to retain and negotiate favorable contracts with nongovernment payers, including managed care plans, our revenues may be reduced.

Our ability to obtain favorable contracts with nongovernment payers, including HMOs, PPOs and other managed care plans significantly affects the revenues and operating results of our facilities. Revenues derived from these entities and other insurers (domestic only) accounted for 54.5%, 52.9% and 52.7% of our revenues for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Nongovernment payers, including managed care payers, continue to demand discounted fee structures, and the trend toward consolidation among nongovernment payers tends to increase their bargaining power over fee structures. As various provisions of the Health Reform Law are implemented, including the establishment of the Exchanges, nongovernment payers increasingly may demand reduced fees. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to retain and renew our managed care contracts and enter into new managed care contracts on terms favorable to us. Other health care providers may impact our ability to enter into managed care contracts or negotiate increases in our reimbursement and other favorable terms and conditions. For example, some of our competitors may negotiate exclusivity provisions with managed care plans or otherwise restrict the ability of managed care companies to contract with us. It is not clear what impact, if any, the increased obligations on managed care payers and other payers imposed by the Health Reform Law will have

on our ability to negotiate reimbursement increases. If we are unable to retain and negotiate favorable contracts with managed care plans or experience reductions in payment increases or amounts received from nongovernment payers, our revenues may be reduced.

Our performance depends on our ability to recruit and retain quality physicians.

The success of our hospitals depends in part on the number and quality of the physicians on the medical staffs of our hospitals, the admitting and utilization practices of those physicians, maintaining good relations with those physicians and controlling costs related to the employment of physicians. Although we employ some physicians, physicians are often not employees of the hospitals at which they practice and, in many of the markets we serve, most physicians have admitting privileges at other hospitals in addition to our hospitals. Such physicians may terminate their affiliation with our hospitals at any time. If we are unable to provide adequate support personnel or technologically advanced equipment and hospital facilities that meet the needs of those physicians and their patients, they may be discouraged from referring patients to our facilities, admissions may decrease and our operating performance may decline.

Our hospitals face competition for staffing, which may increase labor costs and reduce profitability.

Our operations are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management and medical support personnel, such as nurses, pharmacists and lab technicians, as well as our physicians. We compete with other health care providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management and support personnel responsible for the daily operations of each of our hospitals, including nurses and other nonphysician health care professionals. In some markets, the availability of nurses and other medical support personnel has been a significant operating issue to health care providers. We may be required to continue to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain nurses and other medical support personnel or to hire more expensive temporary or contract personnel. As a result, our labor costs could increase. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled employees in each of the markets in which we operate. Certain proposed changes in federal labor laws and the NLRB’s modification of its election procedures could increase the likelihood of employee unionization attempts. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, it is possible our labor costs could increase materially. When negotiating collective bargaining agreements with unions, whether such agreements are renewals or first contracts, there is the possibility that strikes could occur during the negotiation process, and our continued operation during any strikes could increase our labor costs. In addition, the states in which we operate could adopt mandatory nurse-staffing ratios or could reduce mandatory nurse staffing ratios already in place. State-mandated nurse-staffing ratios could significantly affect labor costs and have an adverse impact on revenues if we are required to limit admissions in order to meet the required ratios. If our labor costs increase, we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased costs. Because a significant percentage of our revenues consists of fixed, prospective payments, our ability to pass along increased labor costs is constrained. Our failure to recruit and retain qualified management, nurses and other medical support personnel, or to control labor costs, could have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations.

If we fail to comply with extensive laws and government regulations, we could suffer penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations.

The health care industry is required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:

•

billing and coding for services and properly handling overpayments;

•

classification of level of care provided, including proper classification of inpatient admissions, observation services and outpatient care;

•

relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

•

necessity and adequacy of medical care;

•

quality of medical equipment and services;

•

qualifications of medical and support personnel;

•

confidentiality, maintenance, data breach, identity theft and security issues associated with health-related and personal information and medical records;

•

screening, stabilization and transfer of individuals who have emergency medical conditions;

•

licensure and certification;

•

hospital rate or budget review;

•

preparing and filing of cost reports;

•

operating policies and procedures;

•

activities regarding competitors; and

•

addition of facilities and services.

Among these laws are the federal Anti-kickback Statute, the federal Stark Law, the federal FCA and similar state laws. We have a variety of financial relationships with physicians and others who either refer or influence the referral of patients to our hospitals and other health care facilities, and these laws govern those relationships. The OIG has enacted safe harbor regulations that outline practices deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-kickback Statute. While we endeavor to comply with the applicable safe harbors, certain of our current arrangements, including joint ventures and financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and persons and entities to which we refer patients, do not qualify for safe harbor protection. Failure to qualify for a safe harbor does not mean the arrangement necessarily violates the Anti-kickback Statute but may subject the arrangement to greater scrutiny. However, we cannot offer assurance that practices outside of a safe harbor will not be found to violate the Anti-kickback Statute. Allegations of violations of the Anti-kickback Statute may be brought under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law, which requires a lower burden of proof than other fraud and abuse laws, including the Anti-kickback Statute.

Our financial relationships with referring physicians and their immediate family members must comply with the Stark Law by meeting an exception. We attempt to structure our relationships to meet an exception to the Stark Law, but the regulations implementing the exceptions are detailed and complex, and we cannot provide assurance that every relationship complies fully with the Stark Law. Unlike the Anti-kickback Statute, failure to meet an exception under the Stark Law results in a violation of the Stark Law, even if such violation is technical in nature.

Additionally, if we violate the Anti-kickback Statute or Stark Law, or if we improperly bill for our services, we may be found to violate the FCA, either under a suit brought by the government or by a private person under a qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suit. See Item 1, “Business — Regulation and Other Factors.”

We also operate health care facilities in the United Kingdom and have operations and commercial relationships with companies in other foreign jurisdictions and, as a result, are subject to certain U.S. and foreign laws applicable to businesses generally, including anti-corruption laws. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act regulates U.S. companies in their dealings with foreign officials, prohibiting bribes and similar practices, and requires that they maintain records that fairly and accurately reflect transactions and appropriate internal accounting controls. In addition, the United Kingdom Bribery Act has wide jurisdiction over certain activities that affect the United Kingdom.

If we fail to comply with the Anti-kickback Statute, the Stark Law, the FCA or other applicable laws and regulations, we could be subjected to liabilities, including civil penalties (including the loss of our licenses to operate one or more facilities), exclusion of one or more facilities from participation in the Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state health care programs and, for violations of certain laws and regulations, criminal penalties.

We do not always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws and regulations. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of, or amendment to, these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment, personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating expenses. A determination that we have violated these laws, or the public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations of these laws, could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and our business reputation could suffer significantly. In addition, other legislation or regulations at the federal or state level may be adopted that adversely affect our business.

We have been and could become the subject of governmental investigations, claims and litigation.

Health care companies are subject to numerous investigations by various governmental agencies. Further, under the FCA, private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against companies that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, the government. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. Certain of our individual facilities have received, and other facilities may receive, government inquiries from, and may be subject to investigation by, federal and state agencies. Depending on whether the underlying conduct in these or future inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, their resolution could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Governmental agencies and their agents, such as the Medicare Administrative Contractors, fiscal intermediaries and carriers, as well as the OIG, CMS and state Medicaid programs, conduct audits of our health care operations. Private payers may conduct similar post-payment audits, and we also perform internal audits and monitoring. Depending on the nature of the conduct found in such audits and whether the underlying conduct could be considered systemic, the resolution of these audits could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

As required by statute, CMS has implemented the RAC program on a nationwide basis. Under the program, CMS contracts with RACs on a contingency fee basis to conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper payments in the fee-for-service Medicare program. In February 2012, CMS announced that it was initiating a RAC prepayment demonstration program in 11 states. The Health Reform Law expands the RAC program’s scope to include managed Medicare plans and to include Medicaid claims. In addition, CMS employs MICs to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid claims and identify overpayments. The Health Reform Law increases federal funding for the MIC program. In addition to RACs and MICs, the state Medicaid agencies and other contractors have increased their review activities.

Should we be found out of compliance with any of these laws, regulations or programs, depending on the nature of the findings, our business, our financial position and our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Physician utilization practices and treatment methodologies or governmental or managed care controls designed to reduce inpatient services or surgical procedures may reduce our revenues.

Controls imposed by Medicare, managed Medicare, Medicaid, managed Medicaid and commercial third-party payers designed to reduce admissions, intensity of services, surgical volumes and lengths of stay, in some instances referred to as “utilization review,” have affected and are expected to continue to affect our facilities. Utilization review entails the review of the admission and course of treatment of a patient by health plans. Inpatient utilization, average lengths of stay and occupancy rates continue to be negatively affected by payer-required preadmission authorization and utilization review and by payer pressure to maximize outpatient and alternative health care delivery services for less acutely ill patients. Efforts to impose more stringent cost controls are expected to continue. For example, the Health Reform Law potentially expands the use of prepayment review by Medicare contractors by eliminating statutory restrictions on their use. Although we are unable to predict the

effect these changes will have on our operations, significant limits on the scope of services reimbursed and on reimbursement rates and fees could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Additionally, trends in physician treatment protocols and managed care health plan design, such as plans that shift increased costs and accountability for care to patients, could reduce our surgical volumes and admissions in favor of lower intensity and lower cost treatment methodologies.

Our overall business results may suffer during periods of general economic weakness.

Budget deficits at federal, state and local government entities have had a negative impact on spending, and may continue to negatively impact spending, for health and human service programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and similar programs, which represent significant payer sources for our hospitals. Other risks we face during periods of economic weakness and high unemployment include potential declines in the population covered under managed care agreements, patient decisions to postpone or cancel elective and nonemergency health care procedures (including delaying surgical procedures), potential increases in the uninsured and underinsured populations and further difficulties in our collecting patient copayment and deductible receivables.

The industry trend towards value-based purchasing may negatively impact our revenues.

There is a trend in the health care industry towards value-based purchasing of health care services. These value-based purchasing programs include both public reporting of quality data and preventable adverse events tied to the quality and efficiency of care provided by facilities. Governmental programs including Medicare currently require hospitals to report certain quality data to receive full reimbursement updates. In addition, Medicare does not reimburse for care related to certain preventable adverse events (also called “never events”). Many large commercial payers currently require hospitals to report quality data, and several commercial payers do not reimburse hospitals for certain preventable adverse events. Further, we have implemented a policy pursuant to which we do not bill patients or third-party payers for fees or expenses incurred due to certain preventable adverse events.

The Health Reform Law also prohibits the use of federal funds under the Medicaid program to reimburse providers for medical assistance provided to treat HACs. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2015, the 25% of hospitals with the worst national risk-adjusted HAC rates in the previous year will receive a 1% reduction in their total inpatient operating Medicare payments. Beginning in federal fiscal year 2013, hospitals with excess readmission rates for conditions designated by HHS will receive a reduction in operating payments for all Medicare inpatient discharges, not just discharges relating to the conditions subject to the excess readmission standard. The reduction in payments to hospitals with excess readmissions is capped at 1% for federal fiscal year 2013, 2% for federal fiscal year 2014, and 3% for federal fiscal year 2015 and thereafter.

The Health Reform Law also requires HHS to implement a value-based purchasing program for inpatient hospital services. The Health Reform Law requires HHS to reduce inpatient hospital payments for all discharges by a percentage beginning at 1% in federal fiscal year 2013 and increasing by 0.25% each fiscal year up to 2% in federal fiscal year 2017 and subsequent years. HHS will pool the amount collected from these reductions to fund payments to reward hospitals that meet or exceed certain quality performance standards established by HHS. According to the value-based purchasing program final rule, CMS estimates that it will distribute $850 million to hospitals in federal fiscal year 2013 based on their achievement (relative to other hospitals) and improvement ranges (relative to the hospital’s own past performance). Hospitals that meet or exceed the quality performance standards will receive greater reimbursement under the value-based purchasing program than they would have otherwise.

We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to become more common and to involve a higher percentage of reimbursement amounts. We are unable at this time to predict our future reductions and payments under these programs or how this trend will affect our results of operations, but it could negatively impact our revenues.

Our operations could be impaired by a failure of our information systems.

Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or availability of our systems could adversely affect operations or delay the collection of revenues. Even though we have implemented network security measures, our servers are vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. The occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays, the loss or corruption of data, cessations in the availability of systems or liability under privacy and security laws, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations and harm our business reputation.

The performance of our information technology and systems is critical to our business operations. In addition to our shared services initiatives, our information systems are essential to a number of critical areas of our operations, including:

•

accounting and financial reporting;

•

billing and collecting accounts;

•

coding and compliance;

•

clinical systems;

•

medical records and document storage;

•

inventory management;

•

negotiating, pricing and administering managed care contracts and supply contracts; and

•

monitoring quality of care and collecting data on quality measures necessary for full Medicare payment updates.

If we fail to effectively and timely implement electronic health record systems and transition to the ICD-10 coding system, our operations could be adversely affected.

As required by ARRA, the Secretary of HHS has developed and implemented an incentive payment program for eligible hospitals and health care professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified EHR technology. HHS uses the Provider Enrollment, Chain and Ownership System (“PECOS”) to verify Medicare enrollment prior to making EHR incentive program payments. During 2012, we received Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments for being a meaningful user of certified EHR technology and recorded incentive income of $336 million for the year.

We have incurred and will continue to incur both capital costs and operating expenses in order to implement our certified EHR technology and meet meaningful use requirements. These expenses are ongoing and are projected to continue over all stages of implementation of meaningful use. The timing of expenses will not correlate with the receipt of the incentive payments and the recognition of incentive income. During 2012, we incurred $80 million of operating expenses to implement our certified EHR technology and to meet meaningful use. If our eligible hospitals and employed professionals are unable to meet the requirements for participation in the incentive payment program, including having an enrollment record in PECOS, we will not be eligible to receive incentive payments that could offset some of the costs of implementing certified EHR technology. Further, eligible providers that have failed to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology in an applicable prior reporting period will be subject to reduced payments from Medicare, beginning in federal fiscal year 2015 for eligible hospitals and calendar year 2015 for eligible professionals. Failure to implement and continue to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Health plans and providers, including our hospitals, are required to transition to the new ICD-10 coding system, which greatly expands the number and detail of billing codes used for inpatient claims. Use of the

ICD-10 system is required beginning October 1, 2014. Transition to the new ICD-10 system requires significant investment in coding technology and software as well as the training of staff involved in the coding and billing process. In addition to these upfront costs of transition to ICD-10, it is possible that our hospitals could experience disruption or delays in payment due to technical or coding errors or other implementation issues involving our systems or the systems and implementation efforts of health plans and their business partners. Further, the transition to the more detailed ICD-10 coding system could result in decreased reimbursement if the use of ICD-10 codes results in conditions being reclassified to MS-DRGs or commercial payer payment groupings with lower levels of reimbursement than assigned under the previous system.

State efforts to regulate the construction or expansion of health care facilities could impair our ability to operate and expand our operations.

Some states, particularly in the eastern part of the country, require health care providers to obtain prior approval, known as a CON, for the purchase, construction or expansion of health care facilities, to make certain capital expenditures or to make changes in services or bed capacity. In giving approval, these states consider the need for additional or expanded health care facilities or services. We currently operate health care facilities in a number of states with CON laws. The failure to obtain any requested CON could impair our ability to operate or expand operations. Any such failure could, in turn, adversely affect our ability to attract patients and physicians to our facilities and grow our revenues, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may encounter difficulty acquiring hospitals and other health care businesses, encounter challenges integrating the operations of acquired hospitals and other health care businesses and become liable for unknown or contingent liabilities as a result of acquisitions.

A component of our business strategy is acquiring hospitals and other health care businesses. We may encounter difficulty acquiring new facilities as a result of competition from other purchasers that may be willing to pay purchase prices that are higher than we believe are reasonable. Some states require CONs in order to acquire a hospital or other facility or to expand facilities or services. In addition, the acquisition of health care facilities often involves licensure approvals or reviews and complex change of ownership processes for Medicare and other payers. Further, many states have laws that restrict the conversion or sale of not-for-profit hospitals to for-profit entities. These laws may require prior approval from the state attorney general, advance notification of the attorney general or other regulators and community involvement. Attorneys general in states without specific requirements may exercise broad discretionary authority over transactions involving the sale of not-for-profits under their general obligations to protect the use of charitable assets. These conversion legislative and administrative efforts often focus on the appropriate valuation of the assets divested and the use of the proceeds of the sale by the non-profit seller and may include consideration of commitments for capital improvements and charity care by the purchaser. Also, the increasingly challenging regulatory and enforcement environment may negatively impact our ability to acquire health care businesses if they are found to have material unresolved compliance issues, such as repayment obligations. Resolving compliance issues as well as completion of oversight, review or approval processes could seriously delay or even prevent our ability to acquire hospitals or other businesses and increase our acquisition costs.

We may be unable to timely and effectively integrate hospitals and other businesses that we acquire with our ongoing operations, or we may experience delays implementing operating procedures and systems. Hospitals and other health care businesses that we acquire may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities for failure to comply with health care and other laws and regulations, medical and general professional liabilities, workers’ compensation liabilities and tax liabilities. Although we typically exclude significant liabilities from our acquisition transactions and seek indemnification from the sellers for these matters, we could experience difficulty enforcing those obligations, experience liability in excess of any indemnification obtained or otherwise incur material liabilities for the pre-acquisition conduct of acquired businesses. Such liabilities and related legal or other costs could harm our business and results of operations.

Our facilities are heavily concentrated in Florida and Texas, which makes us sensitive to regulatory, economic, environmental and competitive conditions and changes in those states.

We operated 162 hospitals at December 31, 2012, and 74 of those hospitals are located in Florida and Texas. Our Florida and Texas facilities’ combined revenues represented approximately 47% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. This concentration makes us particularly sensitive to regulatory, economic, environmental and competitive conditions and changes in those states. Any material change in the current payment programs or regulatory, economic, environmental or competitive conditions in those states could have a disproportionate effect on our overall business results.

In addition, our hospitals in Florida, Texas and other areas across the Gulf Coast are located in hurricane-prone areas. In the past, hurricanes have had a disruptive effect on the operations of our hospitals in Florida, Texas and other coastal states, and the patient populations in those states. Our business activities could be harmed by a particularly active hurricane season or even a single storm, and the property insurance we obtain may not be adequate to cover losses from future hurricanes or other natural disasters.

We may be subject to liabilities from claims by the Internal Revenue Service.

The IRS Examination Division is conducting an audit of HCA Inc.’s 2007, 2008 and 2009 federal income tax returns. We expect the IRS Examination Division will begin an audit of HCA Holdings, Inc.’s 2010 and 2011 federal income tax returns in 2013.

Management believes HCA Holdings, Inc., its predecessors, subsidiaries and affiliates properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance with applicable laws and agreements established with the IRS and final resolution of any disputes will not have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position. However, if payments due upon final resolution of any issues exceed our recorded estimates, such resolutions could have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

We may be subject to liabilities from claims brought against our facilities.

We are subject to litigation relating to our business practices, including claims and legal actions by patients and others in the ordinary course of business alleging malpractice, product liability or other legal theories. Many of these actions seek large sums of money as damages and involve significant defense costs. We insure a portion of our professional liability risks through a wholly-owned subsidiary. Management believes our reserves for self-insured retentions and insurance coverage are sufficient to cover insured claims arising out of the operation of our facilities. Our wholly-owned liability insurance subsidiary has entered into certain reinsurance contracts, and the obligations covered by the reinsurance contracts are included in its reserves for professional liability risks, as the subsidiary remains liable to the extent that the reinsurers do not meet their obligations under the reinsurance contracts. If payments for claims exceed actuarially determined estimates, are not covered by insurance, or reinsurers, if any, fail to meet their obligations, our results of operations and financial position could be adversely affected.

We are exposed to market risks related to changes in the market values of securities and interest rate changes.

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in market values of securities. The investments in debt and equity securities of our wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries were $567 million and $3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. These investments are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized gains and losses being recorded as adjustments to other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2012, we had a net unrealized gain of $18 million on the insurance subsidiaries’ investment securities.

wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries require significant amounts of cash in excess of normal cash requirements to pay claims and other expenses on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner or be forced to sell them at a price less than what we might otherwise have been able to in a normal market environment. We may be required to recognize other-than-temporary impairments on long-term investments in future periods should issuers default on interest payments or should the fair market valuations of the securities deteriorate due to ratings downgrades or other issue specific factors.

The Investors continue to have influence over us and may have conflicts of interest with us in the future.

On February 15, 2013, upon completion of a secondary offering of our shares held by certain of the Investors, we ceased to qualify as a “controlled company” under applicable New York Stock Exchange listing standards and are required to appoint a board of directors comprised of a majority of independent members within one year, which will necessitate a transition in our existing governance structure. However, as of February 15, 2013, the Investors continued to indirectly own approximately 39% of our capital stock. In addition, representatives of the Investors have the continued right to designate certain of the members of our Board of Directors. As a result, the Investors have the continued ability to influence our decisions to enter into corporate transactions (and the terms thereof) and to potentially prevent changes in the composition of our Board of Directors and any transaction that requires stockholder approval.

Additionally, the Investors are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the Investors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The following table lists, by state, the number of hospitals (general, acute care, psychiatric and rehabilitation) directly or indirectly owned and operated by us as of December 31, 2012:


State	Hospitals		Beds
Alaska		1		250
California		5		1,719
Colorado		7		2,259
Florida		38		10,261
Georgia		8		1,609
Idaho		2		480
Indiana		1		278
Kansas		5		1,385
Kentucky		2		384
Louisiana		6		1,262
Mississippi		1		130
Missouri		6		1,031
Nevada		3		1,077
New Hampshire		2		295
Oklahoma		2		772
South Carolina		3		794
Tennessee		12		2,327
Texas		36		10,613
Utah		6		897
Virginia		10		3,132
International
England		6		849

		162		41,804

In addition to the hospitals listed in the above table, we directly or indirectly operate 112 freestanding surgery centers. We also operate medical office buildings in conjunction with some of our hospitals. These office buildings are primarily occupied by physicians who practice at our hospitals. Fourteen of our general, acute care hospitals and three of our other properties have been mortgaged to support our obligations under our senior secured cash flow credit facility and first lien secured notes. These three other properties are also subject to second mortgages to support our obligations under our second lien secured notes.

We maintain our headquarters in approximately 1,300,000 square feet of space in the Nashville, Tennessee area. In addition to the headquarters in Nashville, we maintain regional service centers related to our shared services initiatives. These service centers are located in markets in which we operate hospitals.

We believe our headquarters, hospitals and other facilities are suitable for their respective uses and are, in general, adequate for our present needs. Our properties are subject to various federal, state and local statutes and ordinances regulating their operation. Management does not believe that compliance with such statutes and ordinances will materially affect our financial position or results of operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We operate in a highly regulated and litigious industry. As a result, various lawsuits, claims and legal and regulatory proceedings have been and can be expected to be instituted or asserted against us. The resolution of any such lawsuits, claims or legal and regulatory proceedings could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position in a given period.

Government Investigations, Claims and Litigation

Health care companies are subject to numerous investigations by various governmental agencies. Further, under the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”), private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against companies that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, the government. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. Certain of our individual facilities have received, and from time to time, other facilities may receive, government inquiries from, and may be subject to investigation by, federal and state agencies. Depending on whether the underlying conduct in these or future inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, their resolution could have a material, adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

As initially disclosed in 2010, the DOJ has contacted the Company in connection with its nationwide review of whether, in certain cases, hospital charges to the federal government relating to implantable cardio-defibrillators (“ICDs”) met the CMS criteria. In connection with this nationwide review, the DOJ has indicated that it will be reviewing certain ICD billing and medical records at 95 HCA hospitals; the review covers the period from October 2003 to the present. In August 2012, HCA, along with non-HCA hospitals across the country subject to the DOJ’s review, received from the DOJ a proposed framework for resolving the DOJ’s review of ICDs. The Company is cooperating in the review. The review could potentially give rise to claims against the Company under the federal FCA or other statutes, regulations or laws. At this time, we cannot predict what effect, if any, this review or any resulting claims could have on the Company.

In July 2012, the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Miami requested information on reviews assessing the medical necessity of interventional cardiology services provided at any Company facility (other than peer reviews). The Company is cooperating with the government’s request and is currently producing medical records associated with particular reviews at eight hospitals, located primarily in Florida. At this time, we cannot predict what effect, if any, the request or any resulting claims, including any potential claims under the federal FCA, other statutes, regulations or laws, could have on the Company.

New Hampshire Hospital Litigation

In 2006, the Foundation for Seacoast Health (the “Foundation”) filed suit against HCA in state court in New Hampshire. The Foundation alleged that both the 2006 recapitalization transaction and a prior 1999 intra-corporate transaction violated a 1983 agreement that placed certain restrictions on transfers of the Portsmouth Regional Hospital. In May 2007, the trial court ruled against the Foundation on all its claims. On appeal, the New Hampshire Supreme Court affirmed the ruling on the 2006 recapitalization, but remanded to the trial court the claims based on the 1999 intra-corporate transaction. The trial court ruled in December 2009 that the 1999 intra-corporate transaction breached the transfer restriction provisions of the 1983 agreement. In September of 2011, the trial court issued its remedies phase decision and held that the only remedy to which the Foundation was entitled was rescission of the intra-corporate transfer that breached the transfer restriction (the Company has complied with the Court’s order, and it is not expected that such compliance will have any material effect on our operations or financial position). The Court awarded the Foundation, under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, a “fraction” of its attorney fees. The Foundation appealed the remedy phase ruling, and the Company cross-appealed the liability determination. On October 31, 2011, the New Hampshire Supreme Court, on its own, raised the question whether the appeal needed to await the trial court’s further ruling on attorney fees. On November 21, 2011, after the parties briefed the issue, the New Hampshire Supreme Court dismissed the appeal

as premature and remanded the case to the trial court. In February 2012, the trial court certified the case for a possible interlocutory appeal without addressing the attorney fees issue. The New Hampshire Supreme Court rejected the request for an interlocutory appeal. The parties subsequently reached a stipulation regarding the attorney fees. The trial court accepted the parties’ stipulation regarding attorneys fees and entered final judgment on liability and remedies on May 4, 2012. Both sides filed appeals with the New Hampshire Supreme Court, and briefing will be completed in early February 2013. Oral arguments have not been scheduled, and a decision on appeal is not anticipated before mid-to-late 2013.

Securities Class Action Litigation

On October 28, 2011, a shareholder action, Schuh v. HCA Holdings, Inc. et al., was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee seeking monetary relief. The case sought to include as a class all persons who acquired the Company’s stock pursuant or traceable to the Company’s Registration Statement issued in connection with the March 9, 2011 initial public offering. The lawsuit asserted a claim under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 against the Company, certain members of the board of directors, and certain underwriters in the offering. It further asserted a claim under Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 against the same members of the board of directors. The action alleged various deficiencies in the Company’s disclosures in the Registration Statement. Subsequently, two additional class action complaints, Kishtah v. HCA Holdings, Inc. et al. and Daniels v. HCA Holdings, Inc. et al., setting forth substantially similar claims against substantially the same defendants were filed in the same federal court on November 16, 2011 and December 12, 2011, respectively. All three of the cases were consolidated. On May 3, 2012, the court appointed New England Teamsters & Trucking Industry Pension Fund as Lead Plaintiff for the consolidated action. On July 13, 2012, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint asserting claims under Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 against the Company, certain members of the board of directors, and certain underwriters in the offering. It further asserts a claim under Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 against the same members of the board of directors and Hercules Holdings II, LLC, a majority shareholder of the Company. The consolidated complaint alleges deficiencies in the Company’s disclosures in the Registration Statement and Prospectus relating to: (1) the accounting for the Company’s 2006 recapitalization and 2010 reorganization; (2) the Company’s failure to maintain effective internal controls relating to its accounting for such transactions; and (3) the Company’s Medicare and Medicaid revenue growth rates. The Company and other defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint on September 11, 2012. The Court has scheduled a hearing on the motion for March 2013.

In addition to the above described shareholder class actions, on December 8, 2011, a federal shareholder derivative action, Sutton v. Bracken, et al., putatively initiated in the name of the Company, was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee against certain officers and present and former directors of the Company seeking monetary relief. The action alleges breaches of fiduciary duties by the named officers and directors in connection with the accounting and earnings claims set forth in the shareholder class actions. Setting forth substantially similar claims against substantially the same defendants, an additional federal derivative action, Schroeder v. Bracken, et al., was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee on December 16, 2011, and a state derivative action, Bagot v. Bracken, et al., was filed in Tennessee state court in the Davidson County Circuit Court on December 20, 2011. The federal derivative actions have been consolidated in the Middle District of Tennessee and the parties have agreed that those cases shall be stayed pending developments in the shareholder class actions. The state derivative action has also been stayed pending developments in the shareholder class actions.

Health Midwest Litigation

not make its required capital expenditures in a timely fashion. On January 24, 2013, the Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff and awarded at least $162 million. The Court also ordered a court-supervised accounting of HCA’s capital expenditures, as well as of expenditures on charity and uncompensated care during the ten years following the purchase. Should the accounting fail to satisfy the Court concerning HCA’s compliance with its capital and charity care commitments, the amount of the judgment award could substantially increase. The Court also indicated it would award plaintiff attorneys fees. HCA recorded $175 million of legal claim costs in the fourth quarter of 2012 related to this ruling; however, the Company plans to appeal the ruling.

General Liability and Other Claims

We are subject to claims for additional income taxes and related interest.

We are also subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for personal injuries or for wrongful restriction of, or interference with, physicians’ staff privileges. In certain of these actions the claimants have asked for punitive damages against us, which may not be covered by insurance. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these pending claims and legal proceedings will not have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Financing Activities” for a description of the restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87,719,300 shares of our common stock at a price of $30.00 per share (before deducting underwriter discounts, commissions and other related offering expenses). Certain of our stockholders also sold 57,410,700 shares of our common stock in this offering. We did not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (symbol “HCA”). Our first day of trading was March 10, 2011.

On September 21, 2011, we repurchased 80,771,143 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by affiliates of Bank of America Corporation at a purchase price of $18.61 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE on September 14, 2011. The shares repurchased represented approximately 15.6% of our total shares outstanding at the time of the repurchase.

During 2012, our Board of Directors declared three distributions to the Company’s stockholders and holders of certain vested share-based awards. The distributions totaled $6.50 per share and vested share-based award (subject to limitations for certain awards), or $3.142 billion in the aggregate. Pursuant to the terms of our share-based award plans, the holders of nonvested stock options and SARs received $6.50 per share reductions to the exercise price of the applicable share-based awards (subject to certain limitations for certain share-based awards that resulted in deferred distributions for a portion of the declared distribution, which will be paid upon the vesting of the applicable share-based award). The holders of nonvested RSUs will be paid the applicable distribution amounts upon the vesting of the applicable RSUs. There were no distributions declared during 2011.

The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices per share reported on the NYSE for our common stock.


	Sales Price
	High		Low
2012
First Quarter	$	29.30	$	20.33
Second Quarter		31.39		24.09
Third Quarter		33.55		23.91
Fourth Quarter		34.32		27.92

2011
First Quarter	$	34.57	$	30.36
Second Quarter		35.37		30.75
Third Quarter		34.92		17.03
Fourth Quarter		26.86		17.43

At the close of business on January 31, 2013, there were approximately 1,046 holders of record of our common stock.

LOGO


	3/10/2011		3/31/2011		6/30/2011		9/30/2011		12/30/2011		3/31/2012		6/30/2012		9/30/2012		12/31/2012
HCA Holdings, Inc.		100.00		109.19		106.38		64.99		71.02		86.11		105.92		115.73		121.66
S&P 500		100.00		100.04		100.14		86.25		96.44		108.58		105.60		112.30		111.88
S&P Health Care		100.00		101.90		109.91		98.90		108.76		118.61		120.68		128.12		128.21

The graph shows the cumulative total return to our stockholders beginning as of March 10, 2011, the day our stock began trading on the NYSE, and through December 31, 2012, in comparison to the cumulative returns of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Health Care Index. The graph assumes $100 invested on March 10, 2011 in our common stock and in each index with the subsequent reinvestment of dividends. The stock performance shown on the graph represents historical stock performance and is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)


	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Summary of Operations:
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts	$	36,783		$	32,506		$	30,683		$	30,052		$	28,374
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,770			2,824			2,648			3,276			3,409

Revenues		33,013			29,682			28,035			26,776			24,965

Salaries and benefits		15,089			13,440			12,484			11,958			11,440
Supplies		5,717			5,179			4,961			4,868			4,620
Other operating expenses		6,048			5,470			5,004			4,724			4,554
Electronic health record incentive income		(336	)		(210	)		—			—			—
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(36	)		(258	)		(282	)		(246	)		(223	)
Depreciation and amortization		1,679			1,465			1,421			1,425			1,416
Interest expense		1,798			2,037			2,097			1,987			2,021
Losses (gains) on sales of facilities		(15	)		(142	)		(4	)		15			(97	)
Legal claim costs		175			—			—			—			—
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			(1,522	)		—			—			—
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			123			43			64
Losses on retirement of debt		—			481			—			—			—
Termination of management agreement		—			181			—			—			—

		30,119			26,121			25,804			24,774			23,795

Income before income taxes		2,894			3,561			2,231			2,002			1,170
Provision for income taxes		888			719			658			627			268

Net income		2,006			2,842			1,573			1,375			902
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		401			377			366			321			229

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,605		$	2,465		$	1,207		$	1,054		$	673

Per common share data:
Basic earnings per share	$	3.65		$	5.17		$	2.83		$	2.48		$	1.59
Diluted earnings per share	$	3.49		$	4.97		$	2.76		$	2.44			1.56
Cash dividends declared per share	$	6.50			—		$	9.43			—			—
Financial Position:
Assets	$	28,075		$	26,898		$	23,852		$	24,131		$	24,280
Working capital		1,591			1,679			2,650			2,264			2,391
Long-term debt, including amounts due within one year		28,930			27,052			28,225			25,670			26,989
Equity securities with contingent redemption rights		—			—			141			147			155
Noncontrolling interests		1,319			1,244			1,132			1,008			995
Stockholders’ deficit		(8,341	)		(7,014	)		(10,794	)		(7,978	)		(9,260	)
Cash Flow Data:
Cash provided by operating activities	$	4,175		$	3,933		$	3,085		$	2,747		$	1,990
Cash used in investing activities		(2,063	)		(2,995	)		(1,039	)		(1,035	)		(1,467	)
Capital expenditures		(1,862	)		(1,679	)		(1,325	)		(1,317	)		(1,600	)
Cash used in financing activities		(1,780	)		(976	)		(1,947	)		(1,865	)		(451	)


	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Operating Data:
Number of hospitals at end of period(a)		162			163			156			155			158
Number of freestanding outpatient surgical centers at end of period(b)		112			108			97			97			97
Number of licensed beds at end of period(c)		41,804			41,594			38,827			38,839			38,504
Weighted average licensed beds(d)		41,795			39,735			38,655			38,825			38,422
Admissions(e)		1,740,700			1,620,400			1,554,400			1,556,500			1,541,800
Equivalent admissions(f)		2,832,100			2,595,900			2,468,400			2,439,000			2,363,600
Average length of stay (days)(g)		4.7			4.8			4.8			4.8			4.9
Average daily census(h)		22,521			21,123			20,523			20,650			20,795
Occupancy(i)		54	%		53	%		53	%		53	%		54	%
Emergency room visits(j)		6,912,000			6,143,500			5,706,200			5,593,500			5,246,400
Outpatient surgeries(k)		873,600			799,200			783,600			794,600			797,400
Inpatient surgeries(l)		506,500			484,500			487,100			494,500			493,100
Days revenues in accounts receivable(m)		52			53			50			50			55
Gross patient revenues(n)	$	165,614		$	141,516		$	125,640		$	115,682		$	102,843
Outpatient revenues as a % of patient revenues(o)		38	%		37	%		36	%		39	%		39	%

(a)	Excludes eight facilities in 2010, 2009 and 2008 that were not consolidated (accounted for using the equity method) for financial reporting purposes.

(b)	Excludes one facility in 2012 and 2011, nine facilities in 2010 and eight facilities in 2009 and 2008 that were not consolidated (accounted for using the equity method) for financial reporting purposes.

(c)	Licensed beds are those beds for which a facility has been granted approval to operate from the applicable state licensing agency.

(d)	Represents the average number of licensed beds, weighted based on periods owned.

(e)	Represents the total number of patients admitted to our hospitals and is used by management and certain investors as a general measure of inpatient volume.

(f)

(g)	Represents the average number of days admitted patients stay in our hospitals.

(h)	Represents the average number of patients in our hospital beds each day.

(i)	Represents the percentage of hospital licensed beds occupied by patients. Both average daily census and occupancy rate provide measures of the utilization of inpatient rooms.

(j)	Represents the number of patients treated in our emergency rooms.

(k)	Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who were not admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and endoscopy procedures are not included in outpatient surgeries.

(l)	Represents the number of surgeries performed on patients who have been admitted to our hospitals. Pain management and endoscopy procedures are not included in inpatient surgeries.

(m)

Revenues per day is calculated by dividing the revenues for the period by the days in the period. Days revenues in accounts receivable is then calculated as accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, at the end of the period divided by revenues per day. “Revenues” used in this computation are net of the provision for doubtful accounts.

(n)

Gross patient revenues are based upon our standard charge listing. Gross charges/revenues typically do not reflect what our hospital facilities are paid. Gross charges/revenues are reduced by the provision for doubtful accounts, contractual adjustments, discounts and charity care to determine reported revenues.

(o)	Represents the percentage of patient revenues related to patients who are not admitted to our hospitals.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The selected financial data and the accompanying consolidated financial statements present certain information with respect to the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of HCA Holdings, Inc. which should be read in conjunction with the following discussion and analysis. The terms “HCA,” “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” as used herein, refer HCA Inc. and our affiliates prior to the Corporate Reorganization and to HCA Holdings, Inc. and our affiliates after the Corporate Reorganization unless otherwise stated or indicated by context. The term “affiliates” means direct and indirect subsidiaries of HCA Holdings, Inc. and partnerships and joint ventures in which such subsidiaries are partners.

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report on Form 10-K includes certain disclosures which contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements include statements regarding estimated EHR incentive income and related EHR operating expenses, expected capital expenditures and expected net claim payments and all other statements that do not relate solely to historical or current facts, and can be identified by the use of words like “may,” “believe,” “will,” “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “initiative” or “continue.” These forward-looking statements are based on our current plans and expectations and are subject to a number of known and unknown uncertainties and risks, many of which are beyond our control, which could significantly affect current plans and expectations and our future financial position and results of operations. These factors include, but are not limited to, (1) the impact of our substantial indebtedness and the ability to refinance such indebtedness on acceptable terms, (2) the effects related to the enactment and implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “Health Reform Law”), the possible enactment of additional federal or state health care reforms and possible changes to the Health Reform Law and other federal, state or local laws or regulations affecting the health care industry, (3) the effects related to the enactment and implementation of the Budget Control Act of 2011 (the “BCA”) and the outcome of negotiations and legislation related to BCA-mandated spending reductions, which include cuts to Medicare payments, (4) increases in the amount and risk of collectibility of uninsured accounts and deductibles and copayment amounts for insured accounts, (5) the ability to achieve operating and financial targets, and attain expected levels of patient volumes and control the costs of providing services, (6) possible changes in the Medicare, Medicaid and other state programs, including Medicaid upper payment limit (“UPL”) programs or Waiver Programs, that may impact reimbursements to health care providers and insurers, (7) the highly competitive nature of the health care business, (8) changes in service mix, revenue mix and surgical volumes, including potential declines in the population covered under managed care agreements, the ability to enter into and renew managed care provider agreements on acceptable terms and the impact of consumer driven health plans and physician utilization trends and practices, (9) the efforts of insurers, health care providers and others to contain health care costs, (10) the outcome of our continuing efforts to monitor, maintain and comply with appropriate laws, regulations, policies and procedures, (11) increases in wages and the ability to attract and retain qualified management and personnel, including affiliated physicians, nurses and medical and technical support personnel, (12) the availability and terms of capital to fund the expansion of our business and improvements to our existing facilities, (13) changes in accounting practices, (14) changes in general economic conditions nationally and regionally in our markets, (15) future divestitures which may result in charges and possible impairments of long-lived assets, (16) changes in business strategy or development plans, (17) delays in receiving payments for services provided, (18) the outcome of pending and any future tax audits, appeals and litigation associated with our tax positions, (19) potential adverse impact of known and unknown government investigations, litigation and other claims that may be made against us, (20) our ongoing ability to demonstrate meaningful use of certified electronic health record technology and recognize income for the related Medicare or

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Forward-Looking Statements (continued)

Medicaid incentive payments, and (21) other risk factors described in this annual report on Form 10-K. As a consequence, current plans, anticipated actions and future financial position and results of operations may differ from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of HCA. You are cautioned not to unduly rely on such forward-looking statements when evaluating the information presented in this report.

2012 Operations Summary

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc. totaled $1.605 billion, or $3.49 per diluted share, for 2012, compared to $2.465 billion, or $4.97 per diluted share, for 2011. The 2012 results include legal claim costs of $175 million (pretax), or $0.24 per diluted share, and net gains on sales of facilities of $15 million (pretax), or $0.02 per diluted share. The 2011 results include net gains on sales of facilities of $142 million (pretax), or $0.16 per diluted share, a gain on the acquisition of controlling interest in an equity investment of $1.522 billion (pretax), or $2.87 per diluted share, losses on retirement of debt of $481 million (pretax), or $0.61 per diluted share, and termination of management agreement fees of $181 million (pretax), or $0.30 per diluted share. All “per diluted share” disclosures are based upon amounts net of the applicable income taxes. Shares used for diluted earnings per share were 459.403 million shares and 495.943 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87.719 million shares of our common stock, and during September 2011, we repurchased 80.771 million shares of our common stock.

Revenues increased to $33.013 billion for 2012 from $29.682 billion for 2011. Revenues increased 11.2% and 4.5%, respectively, on a consolidated basis and on a same facility basis for 2012, compared to 2011. The consolidated revenues increase can be primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 2.0% increase in revenue per equivalent admission and a 9.1% increase in equivalent admissions. The same facility revenues increase resulted primarily from a 0.3% increase in same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 4.1% increase in same facility equivalent admissions. We have continued to experience a shift in service mix from more complex surgical cases to less acute medical cases, resulting in lower than anticipated revenue per equivalent admission growth for 2012. The increase in consolidated revenues (and consolidated volume metrics) for 2012 compared to 2011 is related primarily to the impact of the financial consolidation of the HCA-HealthONE LLC (“HealthONE”) venture for periods subsequent to our acquisition of controlling interests during October 2011. The HealthONE venture’s operating results and volume metrics are not included in our same facility amounts.

During 2012, consolidated admissions increased 7.4% and same facility admissions increased 3.0%, compared to 2011. Inpatient surgical volumes increased 4.5% on a consolidated basis and declined 0.1% on a same facility basis during 2012, compared to 2011. Outpatient surgical volumes increased 9.3% on a consolidated basis and increased 0.9% on a same facility basis during 2012, compared to 2011. Emergency room visits increased 12.5% on a consolidated basis and increased 8.6% on a same facility basis during 2012, compared to 2011.

For 2012, the provision for doubtful accounts increased $946 million, compared to 2011. The self-pay revenue deductions for charity care and uninsured discounts increased $410 million and $1.271 billion, respectively, for 2012, compared to 2011. The sum of the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, as a percentage of the sum of revenues, the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, was 29.5% for 2012, compared to 27.4% for 2011. Same facility uninsured admissions increased 9.7% and same facility uninsured emergency room visits increased 8.9% for 2012, compared to 2011.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

2012 Operations Summary (continued)

Interest expense totaled $1.798 billion for 2012, compared to $2.037 billion for 2011. The $239 million decline in interest expense for 2012 was due primarily to a decline in the average interest rate.

Cash flows from operating activities increased $242 million, from $3.933 billion for 2011 to $4.175 billion for 2012. The increase in cash flows from operating activities was primarily related to a positive impact from changes in working capital items of $236 million, as cash benefits from income items were offset by increased tax payments.

Business Strategy

Grow Our Presence in Existing Markets. We believe we are well positioned in a number of large and growing markets that will allow us the opportunity to generate long-term, attractive growth through the expansion of our presence in these markets. We plan to continue recruiting and strategically collaborating with the physician community and adding attractive service lines such as cardiology, emergency services, oncology and women’s services. Additional components of our growth strategy include expanding our footprint through developing various outpatient access points, including surgery centers, rural outreach, freestanding emergency departments and walk-in clinics.

Achieve Industry-Leading Performance in Clinical and Satisfaction Measures. Achieving high levels of patient safety, patient satisfaction and clinical quality are central goals of our business model. To achieve these goals, we have implemented a number of initiatives including infection reduction initiatives, hospitalist programs, advanced health information technology and evidence-based medicine programs. We routinely analyze operational practices from our best-performing hospitals to identify ways to implement organization-wide performance improvements and reduce clinical variation. We believe these initiatives will continue to improve patient care, help us achieve cost efficiencies, grow our revenues and favorably position us in an environment where our constituents are increasingly focused on quality, efficacy and efficiency.

Recruit and Employ Physicians to Meet Need for High Quality Health Services. We depend on the quality and dedication of the health care providers and other team members who serve at our facilities. We believe a critical component of our growth strategy is our ability to successfully recruit and strategically collaborate with physicians and other professionals to provide high quality care. We attract and retain physicians by providing high quality, convenient facilities with advanced technology, by expanding our specialty services and by building our outpatient operations. We believe our continued investment in the employment, recruitment and retention of physicians will improve the quality of care at our facilities.

Continue to Leverage Our Scale and Market Positions to Enhance Profitability. We believe there is significant opportunity to continue to grow the profitability of our company by fully leveraging the scale and scope of our franchise. We are currently pursuing next generation performance improvement initiatives such as contracting for services on a multistate basis and expanding our support infrastructure for additional clinical and support functions, such as physician credentialing, medical transcription and electronic medical recordkeeping. We believe our centrally managed business processes and ability to leverage cost-saving practices across our extensive network will enable us to continue to manage costs effectively. We have created a subsidiary, Parallon

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Business Strategy (continued)

Business Solutions, to leverage key components of our support infrastructure, including revenue cycle management, health care group purchasing, supply chain management and staffing functions and are offering these services to other hospital companies.

Selectively Pursue a Disciplined Development Strategy. We continue to believe there are significant growth opportunities in our markets. We will continue to provide financial and operational resources to analyze and develop our in-market opportunities. To complement our in-market growth agenda, we intend to focus on selectively developing and acquiring new hospitals, outpatient facilities and other health care service providers. We believe the challenges faced by the hospital industry may spur consolidation and we believe our size, scale, national presence and access to capital will position us well to participate in any such consolidation. We have a strong record of successfully acquiring and integrating hospitals and entering into joint ventures and intend to continue leveraging this experience.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis and make changes to the estimates and related disclosures as experience develops or new information becomes known. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenues

Revenues are recorded during the period the health care services are provided, based upon the estimated amounts due from payers. Estimates of contractual allowances under managed care health plans are based upon the payment terms specified in the related contractual agreements. Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The estimated reimbursement amounts are made on a payer-specific basis and are recorded based on the best information available regarding management’s interpretation of the applicable laws, regulations and contract terms. Management continually reviews the contractual estimation process to consider and incorporate updates to laws and regulations and the frequent changes in managed care contractual terms resulting from contract renegotiations and renewals. We have invested significant resources to refine and improve our computerized billing systems and the information system data used to make contractual allowance estimates. We have developed standardized calculation processes and related training programs to improve the utility of our patient accounting systems.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)

Revenues (continued)

patients who are financially unable to pay for the health care services they receive. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Health Reform Law”), requires health plans to reimburse hospitals for emergency services provided to enrollees without prior authorization and without regard to whether a participating provider contract is in place. Further, the Health Reform Law contains provisions that seek to decrease the number of uninsured individuals, including requirements or incentives, which do not become effective until 2014, for individuals to obtain, and large employers to provide, insurance coverage. In its June 2012 decision, the United States Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the individual mandate provisions of the Health Reform Law. These mandates may reduce the financial impact of screening for and stabilizing emergency medical conditions. However, many factors are unknown regarding the impact of the Health Reform Law, including the outcome of remaining or new court challenges to the constitutionality of the law and Congressional efforts to amend or repeal the law, how many previously uninsured individuals will obtain coverage as a result of the law or the change, if any, in the volume of inpatient and outpatient hospital services that are sought by and provided to previously uninsured individuals and the payer mix.

We do not pursue collection of amounts related to patients who meet our guidelines to qualify as charity care; therefore, they are not reported in revenues. Patients treated at our hospitals for nonelective care, who have income at or below 200% of the federal poverty level, are eligible for charity care. The federal poverty level is established by the federal government and is based on income and family size. We provide discounts from our gross charges to uninsured patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity care. These discounts are similar to those provided to many local managed care plans. After the discounts are applied, we are still unable to collect a significant portion of uninsured patients’ accounts, and we record significant provisions for doubtful accounts (based upon our historical collection experience) related to uninsured patients in the period the services are provided.

Due to the complexities involved in the classification and documentation of health care services authorized and provided, the estimation of revenues earned and the related reimbursement are often subject to interpretations that could result in payments that are different from our estimates. Adjustments to estimated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement amounts and disproportionate-share funds, which resulted in net increases to revenues, related primarily to cost reports filed during the respective year were $50 million, $40 million and $52 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts, which resulted in net increases to revenues, related primarily to cost reports filed during previous years were $242 million, $30 million and $50 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2012 amount related to cost reports filed during previous years includes two adjustments to Medicare revenues that affected multiple annual cost report periods for the majority of our hospitals (the Rural Floor Provision Settlement which increased revenues by approximately $271 million and the implementation of revised Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”) ratios which reduced revenues by approximately $75 million). The net effect of these Medicare adjustments was an increase of $196 million to revenues. Excluding the effect of these Medicare adjustments, the 2012 amount related to previous years would have been $46 million. We expect adjustments during the next 12 months related to Medicare and Medicaid cost report filings and settlements and disproportionate-share funds will result in increases to revenues within generally similar ranges.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)

Provision for Doubtful Accounts and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The collection of outstanding receivables from Medicare, managed care payers, other third-party payers and patients is our primary source of cash and is critical to our operating performance. The primary collection risks relate to uninsured patient accounts, including patient accounts for which the primary insurance carrier has paid the amounts covered by the applicable agreement, but patient responsibility amounts (deductibles and copayments) remain outstanding. The provision for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts relate primarily to amounts due directly from patients. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded for all uninsured accounts, regardless of the aging of those accounts. Accounts are written off when all reasonable internal and external collection efforts have been performed. Our collection policies include a review of all accounts against certain standard collection criteria, upon completion of our primary internal collection efforts. Accounts determined to possess positive collectibility attributes are forwarded to a secondary internal or external collection agency and the other accounts are written off. The accounts that are not collected by the secondary collection agency are written off when secondary collection efforts are completed (usually within 12 months). Writeoffs are based upon specific identification and the writeoff process requires a writeoff adjustment entry to the patient accounting system. We do not pursue collection of amounts related to patients that meet our guidelines to qualify as charity care.

During 2011, we adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-07, Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities (“ASU 2011-07”). ASU 2011-07 requires health care entities to change the presentation of the statement of operations by reclassifying the provision for doubtful accounts from an operating expense to a deduction from patient service revenues. The amount of the provision for doubtful accounts is based upon management’s assessment of historical writeoffs and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in federal, state, and private employer health care coverage and other collection indicators. Management relies on the results of detailed reviews of historical writeoffs and recoveries at facilities that represent a majority of our revenues and accounts receivable (the “hindsight analysis”) as a primary source of information in estimating the collectibility of our accounts receivable. We perform the hindsight analysis quarterly, utilizing rolling twelve-months accounts receivable collection and writeoff data. We believe our quarterly updates to the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts at each of our hospital facilities provide reasonable valuations of our accounts receivable. These routine, quarterly changes in estimates have not resulted in material adjustments to our allowance for doubtful accounts, provision for doubtful accounts or period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 93% and 92%, respectively, of the $5.228 billion and $4.478 billion, respectively, patient due accounts receivable balance. The patient due accounts receivable balance represents the estimated uninsured portion of our accounts receivable. The estimated uninsured portion of Medicaid pending and uninsured discount pending accounts is included in our patient due accounts receivable balance.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)

Provision for Doubtful Accounts and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (continued)

To quantify the total impact of and trends related to uninsured accounts, we believe it is beneficial to view the revenue deductions related to uninsured accounts (charity care and uninsured discounts) and provision for doubtful accounts in combination, rather than each separately. A summary of these amounts for the years ended December 31, follows (dollars in millions):


	2012		2011		2010
Charity care	$	3,093	$	2,683	$	2,337
Uninsured discounts		6,978		5,707		4,641
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,770		2,824		2,648

Totals	$	13,841	$	11,214	$	9,626

The sum of the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, as a percentage of the sum of revenues, the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care increased from 25.6% for 2010, to 27.4% for 2011 and to 29.5% for 2012.

Days revenues in accounts receivable were 52 days, 53 days and 50 days at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Management expects a continuation of the challenges related to the collection of the patient due accounts. Adverse changes in the percentage of our patients having adequate health care coverage, general economic conditions, patient accounting service center operations, payer mix, or trends in federal, state, and private employer health care coverage could affect the collection of accounts receivable, cash flows and results of operations.

The approximate breakdown of accounts receivable by payer classification as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in the following table:


	% of Accounts Receivable
	Under 91 Days			91 — 180 Days			Over 180 Days
Accounts receivable aging at December 31, 2012:
Medicare and Medicaid		13	%		1	%		1	%
Managed care and other insurers		22			4			4
Uninsured		18			9			28

Total		53	%		14	%		33	%

Accounts receivable aging at December 31, 2011:
Medicare and Medicaid		14	%		1	%		1	%
Managed care and other insurers		22			5			5
Uninsured		15			8			29

Total		51	%		14	%		35	%

Professional Liability Claims

We, along with virtually all health care providers, operate in an environment with professional liability risks. Our facilities are insured by our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary for losses up to $50 million per occurrence, subject to a $5 million per occurrence self-insured retention. We purchase excess insurance on a

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)

Professional Liability Claims (continued)

claims-made basis for losses in excess of $50 million per occurrence. Provisions for losses related to professional liability risks were $331 million, $244 million and $222 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Reserves for professional liability risks represent the estimated ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred through the respective consolidated balance sheet dates. The estimated ultimate cost includes estimates of direct expenses and fees paid to outside counsel and experts, but does not include the general overhead costs of our insurance subsidiary or corporate office. Individual case reserves are established based upon the particular circumstances of each reported claim and represent our estimates of the future costs that will be paid on reported claims. Case reserves are reduced as claim payments are made and are adjusted upward or downward as our estimates regarding the amounts of future losses are revised. Once the case reserves for known claims are determined, information is stratified by loss layers and retentions, accident years, reported years, and geographic location of our hospitals. Several actuarial methods are employed to utilize this data to produce estimates of ultimate losses and reserves for incurred but not reported claims, including: paid and incurred extrapolation methods utilizing paid and incurred loss development to estimate ultimate losses; frequency and severity methods utilizing paid and incurred claims development to estimate ultimate average frequency (number of claims) and ultimate average severity (cost per claim); and Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods which add expected development to actual paid or incurred experience to estimate ultimate losses. These methods use our company-specific historical claims data and other information. Company-specific claim reporting and settlement data collected over an approximate 20-year period is used in our reserve estimation process. This company-specific data includes information regarding our business, including historical paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, historical and current case loss reserves, actual and projected hospital statistical data, professional liability retentions for each policy year, geographic information and other data.

Reserves and provisions for professional liability risks are based upon actuarially determined estimates. The estimated reserve ranges, net of amounts receivable under reinsurance contracts, were $1.130 billion to $1.346 billion at December 31, 2012 and $1.134 billion to $1.354 billion at December 31, 2011. Our estimated reserves for professional liability claims may change significantly if future claims differ from expected trends. We perform sensitivity analyses which model the volatility of key actuarial assumptions and monitor our reserves for adequacy relative to all our assumptions in the aggregate. Based on our analysis, we believe the estimated professional liability reserve ranges represent the reasonably likely outcomes for ultimate losses. We consider the number and severity of claims to be the most significant assumptions in estimating reserves for professional liabilities. A 2% change in the expected frequency trend could be reasonably likely and would increase the reserve estimate by $18 million or reduce the reserve estimate by $17 million. A 2% change in the expected claim severity trend could be reasonably likely and would increase the reserve estimate by $71 million or reduce the reserve estimate by $65 million. We believe adequate reserves have been recorded for our professional liability claims; however, due to the complexity of the claims, the extended period of time to settle the claims and the wide range of potential outcomes, our ultimate liability for professional liability claims could change by more than the estimated sensitivity amounts and could change materially from our current estimates.

The reserves for professional liability risks cover approximately 2,700 individual claims at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 and estimates for unreported potential claims. The time period required to resolve these claims can vary depending upon the jurisdiction and whether the claim is settled or litigated. The average time period between the occurrence and payment of final settlement for our professional liability claims is

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)

Professional Liability Claims (continued)

approximately five years, although the facts and circumstances of each individual claim can result in an occurrence-to-settlement timeframe that varies from this average. The estimation of the timing of payments beyond a year can vary significantly.

Reserves for professional liability risks were $1.297 billion and $1.291 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The current portion of these reserves, $324 million and $298 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in “other accrued expenses.” Obligations covered by reinsurance and excess insurance contracts are included in the reserves for professional liability risks, as we remain liable to the extent reinsurers and excess insurance carriers do not meet their obligations. Reserves for professional liability risks (net of $49 million and $39 million receivable under reinsurance and excess insurance contracts at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively) were $1.248 billion and $1.252 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The estimated total net reserves for professional liability risks at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are comprised of $789 million and $817 million, respectively, of case reserves for known claims and $459 million and $435 million, respectively, of reserves for incurred but not reported claims.

Changes in our professional liability reserves, net of reinsurance recoverable, for the years ended December 31, are summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):


	2012		2011			2010
Net reserves for professional liability claims, January 1	$	1,252	$	1,248		$	1,269
Provision for current year claims		324		298			272
Unfavorable (favorable) development related to prior years’ claims		7		(54	)		(50	)

Total provision		331		244			222

Payments for current year claims		6		7			7
Payments for prior years’ claims		329		233			236

Total claim payments		335		240			243

Net reserves for professional liability claims, December 31	$	1,248	$	1,252		$	1,248

The favorable development during 2011 and 2010 related to prior years’ claims resulted from declining claim frequency and moderating claim severity trends. We believe these favorable trends were primarily attributable to tort reforms enacted in key states, particularly Texas, and our risk management and patient safety initiatives, particularly in the area of obstetrics.

Income Taxes

We calculate our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized by identifying the temporary differences that arise from the recognition of items in different periods for tax and accounting purposes. Deferred tax assets generally represent the tax effects of amounts expensed in our income statement for which tax deductions will be claimed in future periods.

Although we believe we have properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance with applicable laws, federal, state or international taxing authorities may challenge our tax positions upon audit. Significant judgment is required in determining and assessing the impact of uncertain tax positions. We report a

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)

Income Taxes (continued)

liability for unrecognized tax benefits from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our income tax return. During each reporting period, we assess the facts and circumstances related to uncertain tax positions. If the realization of unrecognized tax benefits is deemed probable based upon new facts and circumstances, the estimated liability and the provision for income taxes are reduced in the current period. Final audit results may vary from our estimates.

Results of Operations

Revenue/Volume Trends

Our revenues depend upon inpatient occupancy levels, the ancillary services and therapy programs ordered by physicians and provided to patients, the volume of outpatient procedures and the charge and negotiated payment rates for such services. Gross charges typically do not reflect what our facilities are actually paid. Our facilities have entered into agreements with third-party payers, including government programs and managed care health plans, under which the facilities are paid based upon the cost of providing services, predetermined rates per diagnosis, fixed per diem rates or discounts from gross charges. We do not pursue collection of amounts related to patients who meet our guidelines to qualify for charity care; therefore, they are not reported in revenues. We provide discounts to uninsured patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity care that are similar to the discounts provided to many local managed care plans.

Revenues increased 11.2% to $33.013 billion for 2012 from $29.682 billion for 2011 and increased 5.9% for 2011 from $28.035 billion for 2010. The increase in revenues in 2012 can be primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 2.0% increase in revenue per equivalent admission and a 9.1% increase in equivalent admissions compared to the prior year. The increase in revenues in 2011 can be primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 0.7% increase in revenue per equivalent admission and a 5.2% increase in equivalent admissions compared to 2010. The increase in revenues (and volume metrics) for 2012 compared to 2011 related primarily to the impact of the financial consolidation of the HCA-HealthONE LLC venture for periods subsequent to our acquisition of controlling interests during October 2011 (HealthONE revenues and related volume metrics are not included in our same facility amounts). HealthONE revenues included in our consolidated revenues increased from $347 million for 2011 to $2.203 billion in 2012.

Same facility revenues increased 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 and increased 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The 4.5% increase for 2012 can be primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 0.3% increase in same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 4.1% increase in same facility equivalent admissions. The 3.3% increase for 2011 can be primarily attributed to the combined impact of a 0.3% increase in same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 3.0% increase in same facility equivalent admissions.

Consolidated admissions increased 7.4% in 2012 compared to 2011 and increased 4.2% in 2011 compared to 2010. Consolidated inpatient surgeries increased 4.5% and consolidated outpatient surgeries increased 9.3% during 2012 compared to 2011. Consolidated inpatient surgeries declined 0.5% and consolidated outpatient surgeries increased 2.0% during 2011 compared to 2010. Consolidated emergency room visits increased 12.5% during 2012 compared to 2011 and increased 7.7% during 2011 compared to 2010.

Same facility admissions increased 3.0% in 2012 compared to 2011 and increased 2.3% in 2011 compared to 2010. Same facility inpatient surgeries declined 0.1% and same facility outpatient surgeries increased 0.9%

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Revenue/Volume Trends (continued)

during 2012 compared to 2011. Same facility inpatient surgeries declined 1.7% and same facility outpatient surgeries declined 0.6% during 2011 compared to 2010. Same facility emergency room visits increased 8.6% during 2012 compared to 2011 and increased 6.2% during 2011 compared to 2010.

Same facility uninsured emergency room visits increased 8.9% and same facility uninsured admissions increased 9.7% during 2012 compared to 2011. Same facility uninsured emergency room visits increased 5.8% and same facility uninsured admissions increased 7.4% during 2011 compared to 2010.

The approximate percentages of our admissions related to Medicare, managed Medicare, Medicaid, managed Medicaid, managed care and other insurers and the uninsured for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below.


	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Medicare		33	%		34	%		34	%
Managed Medicare		12			11			10
Medicaid		8			9			9
Managed Medicaid		9			8			8
Managed care and other insurers		30			31			32
Uninsured		8			7			7

		100	%		100	%		100	%

The approximate percentages of our inpatient revenues, before provision for doubtful accounts, related to Medicare, managed Medicare, Medicaid, managed Medicaid, managed care plans and other insurers and the uninsured for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below.


	Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Medicare		30	%		31	%		31	%
Managed Medicare		10			9			9
Medicaid		6			8			9
Managed Medicaid		4			4			4
Managed care and other insurers		45			45			44
Uninsured		5			3			3

		100	%		100	%		100	%

At December 31, 2012, we owned and operated 38 hospitals and 32 surgery centers in the state of Florida. Our Florida facilities’ revenues totaled $7.336 billion, $6.989 billion and $6.538 billion for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2012, we owned and operated 36 hospitals and 23 surgery centers in the state of Texas. Our Texas facilities’ revenues totaled $8.012 billion, $7.829 billion and $7.597 billion for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, 55%, 57% and 57% of our admissions and 47%, 50% and 50% of our revenues were generated by our Florida and Texas facilities. Uninsured admissions in Florida and Texas represented 61%, 63% and 63% of our uninsured admissions during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Revenue/Volume Trends (continued)

We receive a significant portion of our revenues from government health programs, principally Medicare and Medicaid, which are highly regulated and subject to frequent and substantial changes. We provide indigent care services in several communities in the state of Texas, in affiliation with other hospitals. The state of Texas has been involved in efforts to increase the indigent care provided by private hospitals. As a result of additional indigent care being provided by private hospitals, public hospital districts or counties in Texas have available funds that were previously devoted to indigent care. The public hospital districts or counties are under no contractual or legal obligation to provide such indigent care. The public hospital districts or counties have elected to transfer some portion of these available funds to the state’s Medicaid program. Such action is at the sole discretion of the public hospital districts or counties. It is anticipated that these contributions to the state will be matched with federal Medicaid funds. The state then may make supplemental payments to hospitals in the state for Medicaid services rendered. Hospitals receiving Medicaid supplemental payments may include those that are providing additional indigent care services. Our Texas Medicaid revenues included $387 million, $540 million and $657 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, of Medicaid supplemental payments. In addition, we receive supplemental payments in several other states. We are aware these supplemental payment programs are currently being reviewed by certain state agencies and some states have made waiver requests to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to replace their existing supplemental payment programs. It is possible these reviews and waiver requests will result in the restructuring of such supplemental payment programs and could result in the payment programs being reduced or eliminated. In December 2011, CMS approved a Medicaid waiver that allows Texas to continue receiving supplemental Medicaid reimbursement while expanding its Medicaid managed care program, thus Texas is operating pursuant to a Waiver Program. However, we cannot predict whether the Texas private supplemental Medicaid reimbursement program will continue or guarantee that revenues recognized for the program will not decline. Because deliberations about these programs are ongoing, we are unable to estimate the financial impact the program structure modifications, if any, may have on our results of operations.

Electronic Health Record Incentive Payments

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides for Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments, beginning in 2011, for eligible hospitals and professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology. We recognize income related to Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments using a gain contingency model that is based upon when our eligible hospitals have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is available.

Medicaid EHR incentive calculations and related payment amounts are based upon prior period cost report information available at the time our eligible hospitals adopt, implement or demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period, and are not subject to revision for cost report data filed for a subsequent period. Thus, incentive income recognition occurs at the point our eligible hospitals adopt, implement or demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period, as the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is known at that time.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Electronic Health Record Incentive Payments (continued)

EHR technology for the applicable period. However, unlike Medicaid, this initial payment amount will be adjusted based upon an updated calculation using the annual cost report information for the cost report period that began during the applicable payment year. Thus, incentive income recognition occurs at the point our eligible hospitals demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is available.

For 2013, we estimate EHR incentive income will be recognized in the range of $200 million to $225 million and that related EHR operating expenses will be in the range of $110 million to $130 million. Actual incentive payments and EHR operating expenses could vary from these estimates due to certain factors such as availability of federal funding for both Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments and our ability to continue to demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology. The failure of our ability to continue to demonstrate meaningful use of EHR technology could have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Operating Results Summary

The following are comparative summaries of operating results for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions):


	2012						2011						2010
	Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts	$	36,783					$	32,506					$	30,683
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,770						2,824						2,648

Revenues		33,013			100.0			29,682			100.0			28,035			100.0

Salaries and benefits		15,089			45.7			13,440			45.3			12,484			44.5
Supplies		5,717			17.3			5,179			17.4			4,961			17.7
Other operating expenses		6,048			18.3			5,470			18.5			5,004			17.9
Electronic health record incentive income		(336	)		(1.0	)		(210	)		(0.7	)		—			—
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(36	)		(0.1	)		(258	)		(0.9	)		(282	)		(1.0	)
Depreciation and amortization		1,679			5.1			1,465			4.9			1,421			5.0
Interest expense		1,798			5.4			2,037			6.9			2,097			7.5
Gains on sales of facilities		(15	)		—			(142	)		(0.5	)		(4	)		—
Legal claim costs		175			0.5			—			—			—			—
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			—			(1,522	)		(5.1	)		—			—
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			—			—			123			0.4
Losses on retirement of debt		—			—			481			1.6			—			—
Termination of management agreement		—			—			181			0.6			—			—

		30,119			91.2			26,121			88.0			25,804			92.0

Income before income taxes		2,894			8.8			3,561			12.0			2,231			8.0
Provision for income taxes		888			2.7			719			2.4			658			2.4

Net income		2,006			6.1			2,842			9.6			1,573			5.6
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		401			1.2			377			1.3			366			1.3

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,605			4.9		$	2,465			8.3		$	1,207			4.3

% changes from prior year:
Revenues		11.2	%					5.9	%					4.7	%
Income before income taxes		(18.7	)					59.6						11.5
Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.		(34.9	)					104.3						14.5
Admissions(a)		7.4						4.2						(0.1	)
Equivalent admissions(b)		9.1						5.2						1.2
Revenue per equivalent admission		2.0						0.7						3.5
Same facility % changes from prior year(c):
Revenues		4.5						3.3						4.6
Admissions(a)		3.0						2.3						0.1
Equivalent admissions(b)		4.1						3.0						1.4
Revenue per equivalent admission		0.3						0.3						3.2

(a)	Represents the total number of patients admitted to our hospitals and is used by management and certain investors as a general measure of inpatient volume.

(b)

(c)	Same facility information excludes the operations of hospitals and their related facilities that were either acquired, divested or removed from service during the current and prior year.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc. totaled $1.605 billion, or $3.49 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.465 billion, or $4.97 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2011. Financial results for 2012 include legal claim costs of $175 million (pretax), or $0.24 per diluted share, and net gains on sales of facilities of $15 million (pretax), or $0.02 per diluted share. Financial results for 2011 include net gains on sales of facilities of $142 million (pretax), or $0.16 per diluted share, a gain on the acquisition of controlling interest in an equity investment of $1.522 billion (pretax), or $2.87 per diluted share, losses on retirement of debt of $481 million (pretax), or $0.61 per diluted share, and termination of management agreement fees of $181 million (pretax), or $0.30 per diluted share. All “per diluted share” disclosures are based upon amounts net of the applicable income taxes. Shares used for diluted earnings per share were 459.403 million shares and 495.943 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87.719 million shares of our common stock, and during September 2011, we repurchased 80.771 million shares of our common stock.

During 2012, consolidated admissions increased 7.4% and same facility admissions increased 3.0% for 2012, compared to 2011. Consolidated inpatient surgical volumes increased 4.5%, and same facility inpatient surgeries declined 0.1% during 2012 compared to 2011. Consolidated outpatient surgical volumes increased 9.3%, and same facility outpatient surgeries increased 0.9% during 2012 compared to 2011. Emergency room visits increased 12.5% on a consolidated basis and increased 8.6% on a same facility basis during 2012 compared to 2011.

Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased 13.2% to $36.783 billion for 2012 from $32.506 billion for 2011. Provision for doubtful accounts increased $946 million from $2.824 billion in 2011 to $3.770 billion in 2012. The provision for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts relate primarily to uninsured amounts due directly from patients, including copayment and deductible amounts for patients who have health care coverage. The self-pay revenue deductions for charity care and uninsured discounts increased $410 million and $1.271 billion, respectively, during 2012 compared to 2011. The sum of the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, as a percentage of the sum of revenues, the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, was 29.5% for 2012 compared to 27.4% for 2011. At December 31, 2012, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 93% of the $5.228 billion total patient due accounts receivable balance, including accounts, net of estimated contractual discounts, related to patients for which eligibility for Medicaid coverage or uninsured discounts was being evaluated.

Revenues increased 11.2% to $33.013 billion for 2012 from $29.682 billion for 2011. The increase in revenues was due primarily to the combined impact of a 2.0% increase in revenue per equivalent admission and a 9.1% increase in equivalent admissions compared to 2011. Same facility revenues increased 4.5% due primarily to the combined impact of a 0.3% increase in same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 4.1% increase in same facility equivalent admissions compared to 2011. The increase in revenues (and volume metrics) for 2012 compared to 2011 related primarily to the impact of the financial consolidation in the HCA-HealthONE LLC venture for periods subsequent to our acquisition of controlling interests during October 2011 (HealthONE revenues and volume metrics are not included in our same facility amounts). HealthONE revenues included in our consolidated revenues increased from $347 million in 2011 to $2.203 billion in 2012. Two adjustments (Rural Floor Provision Settlement and SSI ratios) related to Medicare revenues for prior period cost reports and the current period resulted in a net increase of $188 million to 2012 revenues.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (continued)

Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenues, were 45.7% in 2012 and 45.3% in 2011. Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission increased 2.9% in 2012 compared to 2011. Same facility labor rate increases averaged 1.7% for 2012 compared to 2011. Share-based compensation expense increased from $26 million in 2011 to $56 million in 2012, and we expect the 2013 expense to be at least double the $56 million expense recorded in 2012.

Supplies, as a percentage of revenues, were 17.3% in 2012 and 17.4% in 2011. Supply costs per equivalent admission increased 1.2% in 2012 compared to 2011. Supply costs per equivalent admission declined 2.0% for pharmacy supplies, and increased 1.6% for medical devices and 0.1% for general medical and surgical items in 2012 compared to 2011.

Other operating expenses, as a percentage of revenues, declined to 18.3% in 2012 from 18.5% in 2011. Other operating expenses are primarily comprised of contract services, professional fees, repairs and maintenance, rents and leases, utilities, insurance (including professional liability insurance) and nonincome taxes. Other operating expenses include $234 million and $317 million of indigent care costs in certain Texas markets during 2012 and 2011, respectively. Provisions for losses related to professional liability risks were $331 million and $244 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively.

During 2012 and 2011, respectively, we recognized $336 million and $210 million of electronic health record incentive income related to Medicaid ($89 million and $87 million) and Medicare ($247 million and $123 million) incentive programs. We recognize income related to Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments using a gain contingency model that is based upon when our eligible hospitals have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is available.

Equity in earnings of affiliates declined from $258 million for 2011 to $36 million for 2012. Equity in earnings of affiliates during 2011 related primarily to our Denver, Colorado market joint venture, which effective November 1, 2011, we began consolidating due to our acquisition of the approximate 40% remaining ownership interest.

Depreciation and amortization increased, as a percentage of revenues, to 5.1% in 2012 from 4.9% in 2011. The consolidation of HealthONE for periods subsequent to November 1, 2011 represents $113 million of the increase in depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense was $1.673 billion for 2012 and $1.461 billion for 2011.

Interest expense declined to $1.798 billion for 2012 from $2.037 billion for 2011. The decline in interest expense was due to a decline in the average interest rate. Our average debt balance was $27.356 billion for 2012 compared to $26.588 billion for 2011. The average interest rate for our long-term debt declined from 7.7% for 2011 to 6.6% for 2012.

Net gains on sales of facilities were $15 million for 2012 and primarily related to the sales of health care entity investments. Net gains on sales of facilities were $142 million for 2011 and primarily related to the sale of a hospital facility and other health care entity investments.

During January 2013, a Missouri judge ruled in favor of a nonprofit health foundation in a lawsuit against HCA. In the case, the plaintiff alleged HCA did not make the full level of capital expenditures and uncompensated care agreed to in connection with its purchase of hospitals from Health Midwest in 2003. We recorded $175 million of legal claim costs during the fourth quarter of 2012 related to this ruling.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (continued)

During October 2011, we completed our acquisition of the Colorado Health Foundation’s (“Foundation”) approximate 40% remaining ownership interest in the HealthONE joint venture for $1.450 billion. We recorded a gain on the acquisition of a controlling interest in an equity investment of $1.522 billion related to the remeasurement of our previous equity investment in HealthONE based upon our acquisition of the Foundation’s ownership interest and the resulting consolidation of the entire enterprise at estimated fair value.

During 2011, we recorded losses on retirement of debt of $481 million related to the redemptions of all $1.000 billion aggregate principal amount of our 9¹/₈% Senior Secured Notes due 2014, at a redemption price of 104.563% of the principal amount; $108 million aggregate principal amount of our 9⁷/₈% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount; all of our outstanding $1.578 billion 9⁵/₈%/10³/₈% second lien toggle notes due 2016, at a redemption price of 106.783% of the principal amount and all of our outstanding $3.200 billion 9¹/₄% second lien notes due 2016, at a redemption price of 106.513% of the principal amount. There were no losses on retirement of debt during 2012.

Our Investors provided management and advisory services to the Company, pursuant to a management agreement among HCA and the Investors executed in connection with the Investors’ acquisition of HCA in November 2006. In March 2011, the management agreement was terminated pursuant to its terms upon completion of the initial public offering of our common stock, and the Investors were paid a final fee of $181 million.

The effective tax rate was 35.6% and 22.6% for 2012 and 2011, respectively. The effective tax rate computations exclude net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as it relates to consolidated partnerships. Our provision for income taxes for 2012 was reduced by $33 million related to a reduction in interest expense related to taxing authority examinations. Our income before income taxes for 2011 included $1.255 billion of nontaxable gain related to the reported gain on the acquisition of a controlling interest in an equity investment. Excluding the effect of these adjustments, the effective tax rate for 2012 and 2011 would have been 36.9% and 37.3%, respectively.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests increased from $377 million for 2011 to $401 million for 2012. The increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests related primarily to growth in operating results of certain surgery center joint ventures.

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc. totaled $2.465 billion, or $4.97 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.207 billion, or $2.76 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2010. Financial results for 2011 include net gains on sales of facilities of $142 million (pretax), or $0.16 per diluted share, a gain on the acquisition of controlling interest in an equity investment of $1.522 billion (pretax), or $2.87 per diluted share, losses on retirement of debt of $481 million (pretax), or $0.61 per diluted share, and termination of management agreement fees of $181 million (pretax), or $0.30 per diluted share. Financial results for 2010 include net gains on sales of facilities of $4 million (pretax), or $0.01 per diluted share, and asset impairment charges of $123 million (pretax), or $0.18 per diluted share. All “per diluted share” disclosures are based upon amounts net of the applicable income taxes. Shares used for diluted earnings per share

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (continued)

were 495.943 million shares and 437.347 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87.719 million shares of our common stock, and during September 2011, we repurchased 80.771 million shares of our common stock.

During 2011, consolidated admissions increased 4.2% and same facility admissions increased 2.3% for 2011, compared to 2010. Consolidated inpatient surgical volumes declined 0.5%, and same facility inpatient surgeries declined 1.7% during 2011 compared to 2010. Consolidated outpatient surgical volumes increased 2.0%, and same facility outpatient surgeries declined 0.6% during 2011 compared to 2010. Emergency room visits increased 7.7% on a consolidated basis and increased 6.2% on a same facility basis during 2011 compared to 2010.

Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts increased 5.9% to $32.506 billion for 2011 from $30.683 billion for 2010. Provision for doubtful accounts increased $176 million from $2.648 billion in 2010 to $2.824 billion in 2011. With our adoption of ASU 2011-07, the provision for doubtful accounts has been reclassified from an operating expense to a deduction from patient service revenues. The provision for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts relate primarily to uninsured amounts due directly from patients, including copayment and deductible amounts for patients who have health care coverage. The self-pay revenue deductions for charity care and uninsured discounts increased $346 million and $1.066 billion, respectively, during 2011 compared to 2010. The sum of the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, as a percentage of the sum of revenues, the provision for doubtful accounts, uninsured discounts and charity care, was 27.4% for 2011 compared to 25.6% for 2010. At December 31, 2011, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 92% of the $4.478 billion total patient due accounts receivable balance, including accounts, net of estimated contractual discounts, related to patients for which eligibility for Medicaid coverage or uninsured discounts was being evaluated.

Revenues increased 5.9% to $29.682 billion for 2011 from $28.035 billion for 2010. The increase in revenues was due primarily to the combined impact of a 0.7% increase in revenue per equivalent admission and a 5.2% increase in equivalent admissions compared to 2010. Same facility revenues increased 3.3% due primarily to the combined impact of a 0.3% increase in same facility revenue per equivalent admission and a 3.0% increase in same facility equivalent admissions compared to 2010.

Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenues, were 45.3% in 2011 and 44.5% in 2010. Salaries and benefits per equivalent admission increased 2.4% in 2011 compared to 2010. Same facility labor rate increases averaged 2.3% for 2011 compared to 2010.

Supplies, as a percentage of revenues, were 17.4% in 2011 and 17.7% in 2010. Supply costs per equivalent admission declined 0.7% in 2011 compared to 2010. Supply costs per equivalent admission declined 3.0% for medical devices and 1.5% for pharmacy supplies, and increased 3.1% for general medical and surgical items in 2011 compared to 2010.

Other operating expenses, as a percentage of revenues, increased to 18.5% in 2011 from 17.9% in 2010. Other operating expenses are primarily comprised of contract services, professional fees, repairs and maintenance, rents and leases, utilities, insurance (including professional liability insurance) and nonincome taxes. Each of contract services and professional fees increased 20 basis points in 2011 compared to 2010. Other

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (continued)

operating expenses include $317 million and $354 million of indigent care costs in certain Texas markets during 2011 and 2010, respectively. Provisions for losses related to professional liability risks were $244 million and $222 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We recognized $210 million of electronic health record incentive income related to Medicaid ($87 million) and Medicare ($123 million) incentive programs during 2011. We recognize income related to Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments using a gain contingency model that is based upon when our eligible hospitals have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is available.

Equity in earnings of affiliates declined from $282 million for 2010 to $258 million for 2011. Equity in earnings of affiliates relates primarily to our Denver, Colorado market joint venture, which effective November 1, 2011, we began consolidating due to our acquisition of the approximate 40% remaining ownership interest.

Depreciation and amortization declined, as a percentage of revenues, to 4.9% in 2011 from 5.0% in 2010. Depreciation expense was $1.461 billion for 2011 and $1.416 billion for 2010.

Interest expense declined to $2.037 billion for 2011 from $2.097 billion for 2010. The decline in interest expense was due primarily to a decline in the average interest rate. Our average debt balance was $26.588 billion for 2011 compared to $26.751 billion for 2010. The average interest rate for our long-term debt declined from 7.8% for 2010 to 7.7% for 2011.

Net gains on sales of facilities were $142 million for 2011 and primarily related to the sale of a hospital facility and other health care entity investments. Net gains on sales of facilities were $4 million for 2010 and were related to sales of real estate and other health care entity investments.

During October 2011, we completed our acquisition of the Colorado Health Foundation’s approximate 40% remaining ownership interest in the HCA-HealthONE LLC joint venture for $1.450 billion. We recorded a gain on the acquisition of a controlling interest in an equity investment of $1.522 billion related to the remeasurement of our previous equity investment in HealthONE based upon our acquisition of the Foundation’s ownership interest and the resulting consolidation of the entire enterprise at estimated fair value.

Impairments of long-lived assets were $123 million for 2010 and included $74 million related to two hospital facilities and $49 million related to other health care entity investments, which includes $35 million for the writeoff of capitalized engineering and design costs related to certain building safety requirements (California earthquake standards) that have been revised. There were no impairments of long-lived assets in 2011.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (continued)

The effective tax rate was 22.6% and 35.3% for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rate computations exclude net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as it relates to consolidated partnerships. Our income before income taxes for 2011 included $1.255 billion of nontaxable gain related to the reported gain on the acquisition of a controlling interest in an equity investment. Our provision for income taxes for 2010 was reduced by $44 million related to reductions in interest expense related to taxing authority examinations. Excluding the effect of these adjustments, the effective tax rate for 2011 and 2010 would have been 37.3% and 37.6%, respectively.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests increased from $366 million for 2010 to $377 million for 2011. The increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests related primarily to growth in operating results of certain surgery center joint ventures.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary cash requirements are paying our operating expenses, servicing our debt, capital expenditures on our existing properties, acquisitions of hospitals and other health care entities, repurchases of our common stock, distributions to stockholders and distributions to noncontrolling interests. Our primary cash sources are cash flows from operating activities, issuances of debt and equity securities and dispositions of hospitals and other health care entities.

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $4.175 billion in 2012 compared to $3.933 billion in 2011 and $3.085 billion in 2010. Working capital totaled $1.591 billion at December 31, 2012 and $1.679 billion at December 31, 2011. The $242 million increase in cash provided by operating activities for 2012, compared to 2011, was primarily related to a positive impact from changes in working capital items of $236 million, as cash benefits from income items were offset by increased tax payments. The $848 million increase in cash provided by operating activities for 2011, compared to 2010, was primarily related to $885 million improvement from lower income tax payments. Cash payments for interest and income taxes increased $610 million for 2012 compared to 2011 and declined $780 million for 2011 compared to 2010.

Cash used in investing activities was $2.063 billion, $2.995 billion and $1.039 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Excluding acquisitions, capital expenditures were $1.862 billion in 2012, $1.679 billion in 2011 and $1.325 billion in 2010. We expended $258 million, $1.682 billion and $233 million for acquisitions of hospitals and health care entities during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Expenditures for acquisitions in 2012 included one hospital, expenditures for acquisitions in 2011 included eight hospital facilities, seven of which were related to the acquisition of the remaining interests in HealthONE, and expenditures for acquisitions in 2010 included two hospital facilities. Planned capital expenditures are expected to approximate $2.0 billion in 2013. At December 31, 2012, there were projects under construction which had an estimated additional cost to complete and equip over the next five years of approximately $1.9 billion. We expect to finance capital expenditures with internally generated and borrowed funds.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Liquidity and Capital Resources (continued)

During 2012, we received cash of $30 million from sales of real estate investments and other health care entities. We also received net cash proceeds of $16 million related to net changes in our investments. During 2011, we received cash of $281 million from sales of one hospital, other health care entities and real estate investments. We also received net cash proceeds of $80 million related to net changes in our investments. During 2010, we received cash proceeds of $37 million from sales of other health care entities and real estate investments. We also received net cash proceeds of $472 million related to net changes in our investments.

Cash used in financing activities totaled $1.780 billion in 2012, $976 million in 2011 and $1.947 billion in 2010. During 2012, we had an increase of $1.724 billion to our indebtedness, net of debt repayments. During 2011, we received cash of $2.506 billion related to the issuance of common stock in conjunction with our initial public offering; we used cash of $1.503 billion for repurchases of common stock; and we used cash proceeds from issuance of common stock and available cash provided by operations to make net debt repayments of $1.589 billion. During 2010, we received net proceeds of $2.533 billion from our debt issuance and debt repayment activities. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we paid $3.148 billion, $31 million and $4.257 billion, respectively, in distributions to our stockholders. During 2010, we received contributions from noncontrolling interests of $57 million. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we made distributions to noncontrolling interests of $401 million, $378 million and $342 million, respectively. We paid debt issuance costs of $62 million, $92 million and $50 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we received income tax benefits of $174 million, $63 million and $114 million, respectively, for certain items (primarily the cash distributions to holders of our stock options and exercises of stock options) that were deductible expenses for tax purposes, but were recognized as adjustments to stockholders’ deficit for financial reporting purposes. We or our affiliates, including affiliates of the Investors, may in the future repurchase portions of our debt or equity securities, subject to certain limitations, from time to time in either the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other legal requirements. The timing, prices, and sizes of purchases depend upon prevailing trading prices, general economic and market conditions, and other factors, including applicable securities laws. Funds for the repurchase of debt or equity securities have, and are expected to, come primarily from cash generated from operations and borrowed funds.

In addition to cash flows from operations, available sources of capital include amounts available under our senior secured credit facilities ($2.964 billion as of December 31, 2012 and $3.515 billion as of January 31, 2013) and anticipated access to public and private debt and equity markets.

During 2012, our Board of Directors declared three distributions to our stockholders and holders of certain vested share-based awards. The distributions totaled $6.50 per share and vested share-based award, or $3.142 billion in the aggregate. The distributions were funded using funds available under our existing senior secured credit facilities and proceeds from the December 2012 issuance of $1.000 billion aggregate principal amount of 6¹/₄% senior unsecured notes due 2021.

During 2010, our Board of Directors declared three distributions to our stockholders and holders of stock options. The distributions totaled $9.43 per share and vested stock option, or $4.332 billion in the aggregate. The distributions were funded using funds available under our existing senior secured credit facilities and proceeds from the November 2010 issuance of $1.525 billion aggregate principal amount of 7³/₄% senior unsecured notes due 2021.

Investments of our professional liability insurance subsidiaries, to maintain statutory equity and pay claims, totaled $570 million and $628 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The insurance subsidiary maintained net reserves for professional liability risks of $352 million and $410 million at December 31, 2012

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Liquidity and Capital Resources (continued)

and 2011, respectively. Our facilities are insured by our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary for losses up to $50 million per occurrence; however, this coverage is subject to a $5 million per occurrence self-insured retention. Net reserves for the self-insured professional liability risks retained were $896 million and $842 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Claims payments, net of reinsurance recoveries, during the next 12 months are expected to approximate $292 million. We estimate that approximately $237 million of the expected net claim payments during the next 12 months will relate to claims subject to the self-insured retention.

Financing Activities

We are a highly leveraged company with significant debt service requirements. Our debt totaled $28.930 billion and $27.052 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our interest expense was $1.798 billion for 2012 and $2.037 billion for 2011.

During June 2011, we redeemed all $1.000 billion aggregate principal amount of our 9¹/₈% senior secured second lien notes due 2014, at a redemption price of 104.563% of the principal amount, and $108 million aggregate principal amount of our 9⁷/₈% senior secured second lien notes due 2017, at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount.

During August 2011, we issued $5.000 billion aggregate principal amount of notes, comprised of $3.000 billion of 6.50% senior secured first lien notes due 2020 and $2.000 billion of 7.50% senior unsecured notes due 2022. After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the net proceeds from these debt issuances to redeem all of our outstanding $1.578 billion 9⁵/₈%/10³/₈% second lien toggle notes due 2016, at a redemption price of 106.783% of the principal amount, and all of our outstanding $3.200 billion 9¹/₄% second lien notes due 2016, at a redemption price of 106.513% of the principal amount.

On September 21, 2011, we repurchased 80,771,143 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by affiliates of Bank of America Corporation at a purchase price of $18.61 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on September 14, 2011. The repurchase was financed using a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under available credit facilities. The shares repurchased represented approximately 15.6% of our total shares outstanding.

During October 2011, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 8.00% senior unsecured notes due 2018. After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, which included funding a portion of the acquisition of the Colorado Health Foundation’s approximate 40% remaining ownership interest in the HCA-HealthONE LLC joint venture, which was purchased during October 2011 for $1.450 billion.

During February 2012, we issued $1.350 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.875% senior secured first lien notes due 2022. After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

During October 2012, we issued $2.500 billion aggregate principal amount of notes, comprised of $1.250 billion of 4.75% senior secured first lien notes due 2023 and $1.250 billion of 5.875% senior unsecured notes due 2023. After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, which included the repayment of an existing term loan due November 2013.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Liquidity and Capital Resources (continued)

Financing Activities (continued)

During December 2012, we issued $1.000 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.25% senior unsecured notes due 2021. After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the net proceeds to pay a distribution to our stockholders and holders of certain vested stock awards.

Management believes that cash flows from operations, amounts available under our senior secured credit facilities and our anticipated access to public and private debt markets will be sufficient to meet expected liquidity needs during the next twelve months.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2012, maturities of contractual obligations and other commercial commitments are presented in the table below (dollars in millions):


	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations(a)	Total		Current		2-3 Years		4-5 Years		After 5 Years
Long-term debt including interest, excluding the senior secured credit facilities(b)	$	34,042	$	2,570	$	4,467	$	3,858	$	23,147
Loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities, including interest(b)		9,011		739		893		5,078		2,301
Operating leases(c)		2,002		301		508		323		870
Purchase and other obligations(c)		26		19		7		—		—

Total contractual obligations	$	45,081	$	3,629	$	5,875	$	9,259	$	26,318


	Commitment Expiration by Period
Other Commercial Commitments Not Recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet	Total		Current		2-3 Years		4-5 Years		After 5 Years
Surety bonds(d)	$	48	$	41	$	7	$	—	$	—
Letters of credit(e)		66		22		44		—		—
Physician commitments(f)		22		19		3		—		—
Guarantees(g)		2		—		—		—		2

Total commercial commitments	$	138	$	82	$	54	$	—	$	2

(a)

We have not included obligations to pay net estimated professional liability claims ($1.248 billion at December 31, 2012, including net reserves of $352 million relating to the wholly-owned insurance subsidiary) in this table. The estimated professional liability claims, which occurred prior to 2007, are expected to be funded by the designated investment securities that are restricted for this purpose ($570 million at December 31, 2012). We also have not included obligations related to unrecognized tax benefits of $426 million at December 31, 2012, as we cannot reasonably estimate the timing or amounts of cash payments, if any, at this time.

(b)	Estimates of interest payments assume that interest rates, borrowing spreads and foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2012, remain constant during the period presented.

(c)	Amounts relate to future operating lease obligations, purchase obligations and other obligations and are not recorded in our consolidated balance sheet. Amounts also include physician commitments that are recorded in our consolidated balance sheet.

(d)

Amounts relate primarily to instances in which we have agreed to indemnify various commercial insurers who have provided surety bonds to cover self-insured workers’ compensation claims, utility deposits and damages for malpractice cases which were awarded to plaintiffs by the courts. These cases are currently under appeal and the bonds will not be released by the courts until the cases are closed.

(e)	Amounts relate primarily to various insurance programs and employee benefit plan obligations for which we have letters of credit outstanding.

(f)

In consideration for physicians relocating to the communities in which our hospitals are located and agreeing to engage in private practice for the benefit of the respective communities, we make advances to physicians, normally over a period of one year, to assist in establishing the physicians’ practices. The actual amount of these commitments to be advanced often depends upon the financial results of the physicians’ private practice during the recruitment agreement payment period. The physician commitments reflected were based on our maximum exposure on effective agreements at December 31, 2012.

(g)	We have entered into guarantee agreements related to certain leases.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to market illiquidity. Investments in debt and equity securities of our wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries could be impaired by the inability to access the capital markets. Should the wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries require significant amounts of cash in excess of normal cash requirements to pay claims and other expenses on short notice, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner or be forced to sell them at a price less than what we might otherwise have been able to in a normal market environment. At December 31, 2012, our wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries had invested $68 million ($74 million par value) in tax-exempt student loan auction rate securities that continue to experience market illiquidity. We may be required to recognize other-than-temporary impairments on our investment securities in future periods should issuers default on interest payments or should the fair market valuations of the securities deteriorate due to ratings downgrades or other issue specific factors.

We are also exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates, and we periodically enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to these fluctuations. Our interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on common notional principal amounts and maturity dates. The notional amounts of the swap agreements represent balances used to calculate the exchange of cash flows and are not our assets or liabilities. Our credit risk related to these agreements is considered low because the swap agreements are with creditworthy financial institutions. The interest payments under these agreements are settled on a net basis. These derivatives have been recognized in the financial statements at their respective fair values. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives, which are designated as cash flow hedges, are included in other comprehensive income, and changes in the fair value of derivatives which have not been designated as hedges are recorded in operations.

With respect to our interest-bearing liabilities, approximately $2.930 billion of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 was subject to variable rates of interest, while the remaining balance in long-term debt of $26.000 billion at December 31, 2012 was subject to fixed rates of interest. Both the general level of interest rates and, for the senior secured credit facilities, our leverage affect our variable interest rates. Our variable debt is comprised primarily of amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (2) the prime rate of Bank of America or (b) a LIBOR rate for the currency of such borrowing for the relevant interest period. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities may fluctuate according to a leverage ratio. The average effective interest rate for our long-term debt declined from 7.7% for 2011 to 6.6% for 2012.

The estimated fair value of our total long-term debt was $30.781 billion at December 31, 2012. The estimates of fair value are based upon the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues of long-term debt with the same maturities. Based on a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates, the potential annualized reduction to future pretax earnings would be approximately $29 million. To mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest rates, we generally target a portion of our debt portfolio to be maintained at fixed rates.

Our international operations and the European term loan expose us to market risks associated with foreign currencies. In order to mitigate the currency exposure related to debt service obligations through December 31,

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Market Risk (continued)

2012 under the European term loan, we have entered into cross currency swap agreements. A cross currency swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange a stream of principal and interest payments in one currency for a stream of principal and interest payments in another currency over a specified period.

Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks, including foreign currency and interest rate exposures, and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. We recognize derivative instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange contracts, in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in stockholders’ equity, as a component of other comprehensive income, depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income, and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the hedged items when they occur. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges, and for any portion of a hedge that is ineffective, are reported in earnings.

The net interest paid or received on interest rate swaps is recognized as interest expense. Gains and losses resulting from the early termination of interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as adjustments to expense over the remaining period of the debt originally covered by the terminated swap.

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices

Various federal, state and local laws have been enacted that, in certain cases, limit our ability to increase prices. Revenues for general, acute care hospital services rendered to Medicare patients are established under the federal government’s prospective payment system. Total fee-for-service Medicare revenues were 25.1%, 25.8% and 25.7% of our revenues for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Management believes hospital industry operating margins have been, and may continue to be, under significant pressure because of changes in payer and service mix and growth in operating expenses in excess of the increase in prospective payments under the Medicare program. In addition, as a result of increasing regulatory and competitive pressures, our ability to maintain operating margins through price increases to non-Medicare patients is limited.

IRS Examinations

Management believes HCA Holdings, Inc., its predecessors and affiliates properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance with applicable laws and agreements established with the IRS and final resolution of any disputes will not have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position. However, if payments due upon final resolution of any issues exceed our recorded estimates, such resolutions could have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Information with respect to this Item is provided under the caption “Market Risk” under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Information with respect to this Item is contained in our consolidated financial statements indicated in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on Page F-1 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

1. Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

2. Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

(a) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective, can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

Ernst & Young, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

(b) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

HCA Holdings, Inc.

We have audited HCA Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). HCA Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, HCA Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of HCA Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 and our report dated February 26, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

February 26, 2013

During the fourth quarter of 2012, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item regarding the identity and business experience of our directors and executive officers is set forth under the heading “Election of Directors” in the definitive proxy materials of HCA to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with respect to our directors and is set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K with respect to our executive officers. The information required by this Item contained in such definitive proxy materials is incorporated herein by reference.

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for our directors and executive officers required by this Item is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information on our Audit and Compliance Committee and Audit Committee Financial Experts required by this Item is contained under the caption “Corporate Governance” in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

We have a Code of Conduct which is applicable to all our directors, officers and employees (the “Code of Conduct”). The Code of Conduct is available on the Ethics and Compliance and Corporate Governance pages of our website at www.hcahealthcare.com. To the extent required pursuant to applicable SEC regulations, we intend to post amendments to or waivers from our Code of Conduct (to the extent applicable to our chief executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer) at this location on our website or report the same on a Current Report on Form 8-K. Our Code of Conduct is available free of charge upon request to our Corporate Secretary, HCA Holdings, Inc., One Park Plaza, Nashville, TN 37203.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners required by this Item is set forth under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

This table provides certain information as of December 31, 2012 with respect to our equity compensation plans:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION


	(a)			(b)			(c)
	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights			Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights			Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column(a) )
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		45,726,100	(1)	$	11.56	(1)		36,455,600
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—			—			—

Total		45,726,100		$	11.56			36,455,600

(1)

Includes 4,484,000 restricted share units, a portion of which vests solely based upon continued employment over a specific period of time and a portion vests based upon continued employment over a specific period of time and the achievement of predetermined financial targets over time. The weighted average exercise price does not take these restricted share units into account.

*	For additional information concerning our equity compensation plans, see the discussion in Note 2 — Share-Based Compensation in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is set forth under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is set forth under the heading “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of the report:

1. Financial Statements. The accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1 of this annual report on Form 10-K is provided in response to this item.

2. List of Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or presented within the consolidated financial statements.

3. List of Exhibits


2.1	—	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2006, by and among HCA Inc., Hercules Holding II, LLC and Hercules Acquisition Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 25, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

2.2	—	Merger Agreement, dated November 22, 2010, by and among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., and HCA Merger Sub LLC (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).

2.3	—	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and between HealthONE, D/B/A The Colorado Health Foundation, and HealthONE of Denver, Inc., dated August 2, 2011 (Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request) (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

3.1	—	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171369), and incorporated herein by reference).

3.2	—	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171369), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.1	—	Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171369), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.2	—	Security Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, among HCA Inc., the subsidiary grantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.3	—	Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, among HCA Inc., the subsidiary pledgors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report of Form 8-K filed November 24, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.4	—	Indenture, dated February 19, 2009, among HCA Inc, the guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as collateral agent and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.5	—	Form of 9⁷/₈% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.4).


4.6(a)	—	$13,550,000,000 — €1,000,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Citicorp North America, Inc., as co-syndication agents and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(b)	—	Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007, among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, Banc of America Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners, Deutsche Bank Securities and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, as joint bookrunners and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 4.7(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(c)	—	Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, Banc of America Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners, Deutsche Bank Securities and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, as joint bookrunners and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as documentation agent (filed as exhibit 4.8(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(d)	—	Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2009, among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, Banc of America Securities, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners, Deutsche Bank Securities and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, as joint bookrunners and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 22, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(e)	—	Extension Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2010, among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 8, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(f)	—	Amended and Restated Joinder Agreement No. 1, dated as of November 8, 2010, by and among each of the financial institutions listed as a “Replacement-1 Revolving Credit Lender” on Schedule A thereto, HCA Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).


4.6(g)	—	Restatement Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2011, by and among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, as amended on February 16, 2007, March 2, 2009, June 18, 2009, April 6, 2010 and November 8, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 9, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(h)	—	Extension Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 25, 2012, by and among HCA Inc., HCA UK Capital Limited, each of the U.S. Guarantors, each of the European Guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and letter of credit issuer (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 25, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.6(i)	—	Joinder Agreement No. 1, dated as of October 22, 2012, by and among each of the financial institutions listed as a “Replacement-2012 Revolving Credit Lender” on Schedule A thereto, HCA Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.7	—	U.S. Guarantee, dated November 17, 2006, among HCA Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.8	—	Indenture, dated as of April 22, 2009, among HCA Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.9	—	Security Agreement, dated as November 17, 2006, and amended and restated as of March 2, 2009, among the Company, the Subsidiary Grantors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (filed as exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.10	—	Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, and amended and restated as of March 2, 2009, among the Company, the Subsidiary Pledgors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (filed as exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.11	—	Form of 8¹/₂% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.8).

4.12	—	Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2009, among HCA Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 17, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.13	—	Form of 7⁷/₈% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.12).

4.14	—	Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2010, among HCA Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 12, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.15	—	Form of 7¹/₄% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.14).


4.16	—	$2,500,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and among HCA Inc., the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.17	—	Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and among HCA Inc., the subsidiary borrowers party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(a)	—	General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, between Bank of America, N.A., as First Lien Collateral Agent, and The Bank of New York, as Junior Lien Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.13(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(b)	—	Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2009, by and among Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as First Lien Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Junior Lien Collateral Agent and in its capacity as 2006 Second Lien Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as 2009 Second Lien Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(c)	—	Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2009, by and among Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as First Lien Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Junior Lien Collateral Agent and in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on November 17, 2006, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on February 19, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 17, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(d)	—	Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, among Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as CF Collateral Agent and The Bank of New York, as Bonds Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.13(b) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(e)	—	Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2009, by and between Bank of America, N.A. as ABL Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. as New First Lien Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(f)	—	Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2009, by and between Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as New First Lien Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 17, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(g)	—	First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2009, among Bank of America, N.A. as Collateral Agent, Bank of America, N.A. as Authorized Representative under the Credit Agreement and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York as the Initial Additional Authorized Representative (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).


4.18(h)	—	Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as First Lien Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Junior Lien Collateral Agent and in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on November 17, 2006, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on February 19, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 1, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(i)	—	Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2011 by and between Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as New First Lien Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(j)	—	Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as First Lien Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Junior Lien Collateral Agent and in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on November 17, 2006, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on February 19, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 16, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(k)	—	Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2012, by and between Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as New First Lien Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 16, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(l)	—	Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as First Lien Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Junior Lien Collateral Agent and in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on November 17, 2006, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee for the Second Lien Notes issued on February 19, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.18(m)	—	Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2012, by and between Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as New First Lien Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.19	—	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2010, among HCA Holdings, Inc., Hercules Holding II, LLC and certain other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.20	—	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 1989, by and among HCA-Hospital Corporation of America and the persons listed on the signature pages thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.21	—	Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of February 10, 1994, between HCA-Hospital Corporation of America and the Company relating to the Registration Rights Agreement, as amended (filed as Exhibit 4.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.22(a)	—	Indenture, dated as of December 16, 1993 between the Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.16(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).


4.22(b)	—	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 25, 2000 between the Company and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.16(b) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.22(c)	—	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2001 between the Company and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.16(c) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.22(d)	—	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2001 between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.16(d) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.22(e)	—	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 14, 2006, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 16, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.23	—	Form of 7.5% Debentures due 2023 (filed as Exhibit 4.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.24	—	Form of 8.36% Debenture due 2024 (filed as Exhibit 4.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.25	—	Form of Fixed Rate Global Medium-Term Note (filed as Exhibit 4.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.26	—	Form of Floating Rate Global Medium-Term Note (filed as Exhibit 4.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.27	—	Form of 7.69% Note due 2025 (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.28	—	Form of 7.19% Debenture due 2015 (filed as Exhibit 4.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.29	—	Form of 7.50% Debenture due 2095 (filed as Exhibit 4.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.30	—	Form of 7.05% Debenture due 2027 (filed as Exhibit 4.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.31(a)	—	6³/₄% Note due 2013 in the principal amount of $400,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 23, 2003 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.31(b)	—	6³/₄% Note due 2013 in the principal amount of $100,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 23, 2003 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.32	—	7.50% Note due 2033 in the principal amount of $250,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 6, 2003 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.33	—	5.75% Note due 2014 in the principal amount of $500,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2004 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).


4.34(a)	—	6.375% Note due 2015 in the principal amount of $500,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2004 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.34(b)	—	6.375% Note due 2015 in the principal amount of $250,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2004 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.35(a)	—	6.500% Note due 2016 in the principal amount of $500,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.35(b)	—	6.500% Note due 2016 in the principal amount of $500,000,000 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.36	—	Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2010, among HCA Holdings, Inc., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.37	—	Form of 7³/₄% Senior Notes due 2021 (included in Exhibit 4.36).

4.38	—	Form of Indenture of HCA Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-175791), and incorporated herein by reference).

4.39	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of August 1, 2011, among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 1, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.40	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of August 1, 2011, among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 1, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.41	—	Form of 7.50% Senior Notes Due 2022 (included in Exhibit 4.39).

4.42	—	Form of 6.50% Senior Secured Notes Due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.40).

4.43	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of October 3, 2011, among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.44	—	Form of 8.00% Senior Notes Due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.43).

4.45	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 4, dated as of February 16, 2012, among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 16, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.46	—	Form of 5.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (included in Exhibit 4.45).


4.47	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 5, dated as of October 23, 2012, among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent (Unsecured Notes) (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.48	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 6, dated as of October 23, 2012, among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent (Secured Notes) (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.49	—	Form of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.47)

4.50	—	Form of 4.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.48)

4.51	—	Indenture, dated as of December 6, 2012, among HCA Holdings, Inc., Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and transfer agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 6, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.52	—	Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of December 6, 2012, among HCA Holdings, Inc., Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and transfer agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 6, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.53	—	Form of 6.25% Senior Notes due 2021 (included in Exhibit 4.52)

10.1	—	HCA-Hospital Corporation of America Nonqualified Initial Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 33-52379), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.2	—	Form of Indemnity Agreement with certain officers and directors (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145054) and incorporated herein by reference).

10.3	—	Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit A to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 25, 2000 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.4	—	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Officers) (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2005 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.5	—	HCA 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit B to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 26, 2005 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.6	—	Form of 2005 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Officers) (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 6, 2005 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.7	—	Form of 2006 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Officers) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.8(a)	—	2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates as Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.11(b) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171369), and incorporated herein by reference).*


10.8(b)	—	First Amendment to 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates, as amended and restated (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.9(a)	—	Management Stockholder’s Agreement dated November 17, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.9(b)	—	Form of Omnibus Amendment to HCA Holdings, Inc’s Management Stockholder’s Agreements (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171369), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.10	—	Form of Option Rollover Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.11	—	Form of Stock Option Agreement (2007) (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.12	—	Form of Stock Option Agreement (2008) (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.13	—	Form of Stock Option Agreement (2009) (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.14	—	Form of Stock Option Agreement (2010) (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.15	—	Form of 2x Time Stock Option Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.16	—	Form Stock Option Agreement (2011) (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.17	—	Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates, as Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 14, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.18	—	Form of Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (Initial Award) Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates, as Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 14, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.19	—	Form of Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (Annual Award) Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates, as Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 14, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.20	—	Exchange and Purchase Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

100


10.21	—	Civil and Administrative Settlement Agreement, dated December 14, 2000 between the Company, the United States Department of Justice and others (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2000 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.22	—	Plea Agreement, dated December 14, 2000 between the Company, Columbia Homecare Group, Inc., Columbia Management Companies, Inc. and the United States Department of Justice (filed as Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2000 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.23	—	Corporate Integrity Agreement, dated December 14, 2000 between the Company and the Office of Inspector General of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (filed as Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2000 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.24	—	Management Agreement, dated November 17, 2006, among HCA Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., Dr. Thomas F. Frist, Jr., Patricia F. Elcan, William R. Frist and Thomas F. Frist III, and Merrill Lynch Global Partners, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.25	—	Retirement Agreement between the Company and Thomas F. Frist, Jr., M.D. dated as of January 1, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.26	—	Amended and Restated HCA Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective December 22, 2010, except as provided therein (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.27	—	Amended and Restated HCA Restoration Plan, effective December 22, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(a)	—	Employment Agreement dated November 16, 2006 (Richard M. Bracken) (filed as Exhibit 10.27(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(b)	—	Employment Agreement dated November 16, 2006 (R. Milton Johnson) (filed as Exhibit 10.27(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(c)	—	Employment Agreement dated November 16, 2006 (Samuel N. Hazen) (filed as Exhibit 10.27(d) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(d)	—	Employment Agreement dated November 16, 2006 (Charles J. Hall).*

10.28(e)	—	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 27, 2008 (Jack O. Bovender, Jr.) (filed as Exhibit 10.29(f) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(f)	—	Amendment to Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 (Richard M. Bracken) (filed as Exhibit 10.29(g) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(g)	—	Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement effective February 9, 2011 (Richard M. Bracken) (filed as Exhibit 10.29(h) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

101


10.28(h)	—	Amendment to Employment Agreement effective February 9, 2011 (R. Milton Johnson) (filed as Exhibit 10.29(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.28(i)	—	Amendment to Employment Agreement effective February 9, 2011 (Samuel N. Hazen) (filed as Exhibit 10.29(j) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.29	—	Administrative Settlement Agreement dated June 25, 2003 by and between the United States Department of Health and Human Services, acting through the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.30	—	Civil Settlement Agreement by and among the United States of America, acting through the United States Department of Justice and on behalf of the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the TRICARE Management Activity (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.31(a)	—	Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hercules Holding II, LLC dated as of November 17, 2006, among Hercules Holding II, LLC and certain other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed April 29, 2008 (File No. 000-18406) and incorporated herein by reference).

10.31(b)	—	Form of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hercules Holding II, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.32(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-171369), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.32	—	Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, between HCA Inc. and certain other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-11239), and incorporated herein by reference).

10.33	—	HCA Inc. 2010 Senior Officer Performance Excellence Program (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 6, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.34	—	Form of 2010 PEP Restricted Share Unit Agreement (Officers) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 6, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.35	—	Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated November 22, 2010, by and among HCA Inc., HCA Holdings, Inc. and HCA Merger Sub LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.36	—	Omnibus Amendment to Various Stock and Option Plans and the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated November 22, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.37	—	Omnibus Amendment to Stock Option Agreements Issued Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates, as amended, effective February 16, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.38	—	Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and among the Company, Hercules Holding II, LLC and the other signatories thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 16, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

102


10.39	—	Amendment, dated as of September 21, 2011, to the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.40	—	HCA Holdings, Inc. 2011 Senior Officer Performance Excellence Program (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 5, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.41	—	Form of 2011 PEP Restricted Share Unit Agreement (Officers) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 5, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.42	—	Form of Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates, as Amended and Restated (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.43	—	Share Repurchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2011, between HCA Holdings, Inc. and ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. and ML HCA Co-Invest, L.P. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.44	—	HCA Holdings, Inc. 2012 Senior Officer Performance Excellence Program (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).*

10.45	—	Form of 2012 PEP Restricted Share Unit Agreement (Officers) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).*

21	—	List of Subsidiaries.

23	—	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

31.1	—	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2	—	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32	—	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101	—	The following financial information from our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2013, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, (ii) the consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (iii) the consolidated comprehensive income statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (iv) the consolidated statements of stockholders’ deficit for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (v) the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and (vi) the notes to consolidated financial statements.(1)

(1)

The XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this annual report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability of that section and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing or other document pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing or document.

*	Management compensatory plan or arrangement.

103

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

By:		/S/ RICHARD M. BRACKEN
		Richard M. Bracken
		Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: February 26, 2013

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature	Title	Date

/S/ RICHARD M. BRACKEN Richard M. Bracken	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	February 26, 2013

/s/ R. MILTON JOHNSON R. Milton Johnson	President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	February 26, 2013

/s/ JOHN P. CONNAUGHTON John P. Connaughton	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ KENNETH W. FREEMAN Kenneth W. Freeman	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ THOMAS F. FRIST III Thomas F. Frist III	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ WILLIAM R. FRIST William R. Frist	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ CHRISTOPHER R. GORDON Christopher R. Gordon	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ JAY O. LIGHT Jay O. Light	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ MICHAEL W. MICHELSON Michael W. Michelson	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ JAMES C. MOMTAZEE James C. Momtazee	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ GEOFFREY G. MEYERS Geoffrey G. Meyers	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ STEPHEN G. PAGLIUCA Stephen G. Pagliuca	Director	February 26, 2013

/s/ WAYNE J. RILEY Wayne J. Riley	Director	February 26, 2013

104

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		F-3

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2012 and 2011		F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010		F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8

Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information (Unaudited)		F-50

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

HCA Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HCA Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of HCA Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), HCA Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

February 26, 2013

F-2

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011 AND 2010

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)


	2012			2011			2010
Revenues before the provision for doubtful accounts	$	36,783		$	32,506		$	30,683
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,770			2,824			2,648

Revenues		33,013			29,682			28,035

Salaries and benefits		15,089			13,440			12,484
Supplies		5,717			5,179			4,961
Other operating expenses		6,048			5,470			5,004
Electronic health record incentive income		(336	)		(210	)		—
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(36	)		(258	)		(282	)
Depreciation and amortization		1,679			1,465			1,421
Interest expense		1,798			2,037			2,097
Gains on sales of facilities		(15	)		(142	)		(4	)
Legal claim costs		175			—			—
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			(1,522	)		—
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			123
Losses on retirement of debt		—			481			—
Termination of management agreement		—			181			—

		30,119			26,121			25,804

Income before income taxes		2,894			3,561			2,231
Provision for income taxes		888			719			658

Net income		2,006			2,842			1,573
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		401			377			366

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,605		$	2,465		$	1,207

Per share data:
Basic earnings per share	$	3.65		$	5.17		$	2.83
Diluted earnings per share	$	3.49		$	4.97		$	2.76
Shares used in earnings per share calculations (in thousands):
Basic		440,178			476,609			426,424
Diluted		459,403			495,943			437,347

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011 AND 2010

(Dollars in millions)


	2012			2011			2010
Net income	$	2,006		$	2,842		$	1,573
Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes:
Foreign currency translation		37			(9	)		(25	)

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities		6			2			2
Less: gains included in other operating expenses		—			—			(13	)

		6			2			(11	)

Defined benefit plans		(89	)		(67	)		(76	)
Less: pension costs included in salaries and benefits		46			25			18

		(43	)		(42	)		(58	)

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments		(151	)		(311	)		(255	)
Less: interest costs included in interest expense		122			341			384

		(29	)		30			129

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes		(29	)		(19	)		35
Income taxes (benefits) related to other comprehensive income items		(12	)		(7	)		13

Other comprehensive income (loss)		(17	)		(12	)		22

Comprehensive income		1,989			2,830			1,595
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests		401			377			366

Comprehensive income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,588		$	2,453		$	1,229

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

(Dollars in millions)


	2012			2011
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	705		$	373
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,846 and $4,106		4,672			4,533
Inventories		1,086			1,054
Deferred income taxes		385			594
Other		915			679

		7,763			7,233
Property and equipment, at cost:
Land		1,429			1,416
Buildings		10,720			10,231
Equipment		16,430			15,431
Construction in progress		948			997

		29,527			28,075
Accumulated depreciation		(16,342	)		(15,241	)

		13,185			12,834

Investments of insurance subsidiaries		515			548
Investments in and advances to affiliates		104			101
Goodwill and other intangible assets		5,539			5,251
Deferred loan costs		290			290
Other		679			641

	$	28,075		$	26,898

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	1,768		$	1,597
Accrued salaries		1,120			965
Other accrued expenses		1,849			1,585
Long-term debt due within one year		1,435			1,407

		6,172			5,554

Long-term debt		27,495			25,645
Professional liability risks		973			993
Income taxes and other liabilities		1,776			1,720

Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock $0.01 par; authorized 1,800,000,000 shares; outstanding 443,200,200 shares — 2012 and 437,477,900 shares — 2011		4			4
Capital in excess of par value		1,753			1,601
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(457	)		(440	)
Retained deficit		(10,960	)		(9,423	)

Stockholders’ deficit attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.		(9,660	)		(8,258	)
Noncontrolling interests		1,319			1,244

		(8,341	)		(7,014	)

	$	28,075		$	26,898

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011 AND 2010

(Dollars in millions)


	Equity (Deficit) Attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.															Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests			Total
	Common Stock						Capital in Excess of Par Value			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Retained Deficit
	Shares (000)			Par Value			Capital in Excess of Par Value			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Retained Deficit
Balances, December 31, 2009		426,341		$	4		$	223		$	(450	)	$	(8,763	)	$	1,008		$	(7,978	)
Comprehensive income											22			1,207			366			1,595
Share-based benefit plans		1,118						43												43
Distributions														(4,332	)		(342	)		(4,674	)
Contributions																	57			57
Other								120									43			163

Balances, December 31, 2010		427,459			4			386			(428	)		(11,888	)		1,132			(10,794	)
Comprehensive income											(12	)		2,465			377			2,830
Issuance of common stock		87,719			1			2,505												2,506
Repurchase of common stock		(80,771	)		(1	)		(1,502	)											(1,503	)
Share-based benefit plans		3,071						35												35
Distributions																	(378	)		(378	)
Consolidation of acquired controlling interest in equity investment																	93			93
Reclassification of equity securities with contingent redemption rights								141												141
Other								36									20			56

Balances, December 31, 2011		437,478			4			1,601			(440	)		(9,423	)		1,244			(7,014	)
Comprehensive income											(17	)		1,605			401			1,989
Share-based benefit plans		5,722						169												169
Distributions														(3,142	)		(401	)		(3,543	)
Adjustment to the acquired controlling interest in equity investment																	30			30
Other								(17	)								45			28

Balances, December 31, 2012		443,200		$	4		$	1,753		$	(457	)	$	(10,960	)	$	1,319		$	(8,341	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012, 2011 AND 2010

(Dollars in millions)


	2012			2011			2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	2,006		$	2,842		$	1,573
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(3,896	)		(3,248	)		(2,789	)
Inventories and other assets		(122	)		(18	)		(287	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		355			313			229
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,770			2,824			2,648
Depreciation and amortization		1,679			1,465			1,421
Income taxes		96			912			27
Gains on sales of facilities		(15	)		(142	)		(4	)
Legal claim costs		175			—			—
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			(1,522	)		—
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			123
Losses on retirement of debt		—			481			—
Amortization of deferred loan costs		62			70			81
Share-based compensation		56			26			32
Pay-in-kind interest		—			(78	)		—
Other		9			8			31

Net cash provided by operating activities		4,175			3,933			3,085


Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment		(1,862	)		(1,679	)		(1,325	)
Acquisition of hospitals and health care entities		(258	)		(1,682	)		(233	)
Disposal of hospitals and health care entities		30			281			37
Change in investments		16			80			472
Other		11			5			10

Net cash used in investing activities		(2,063	)		(2,995	)		(1,039	)


Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of long-term debt		4,850			5,500			2,912
Net change in revolving bank credit facilities		(685	)		(449	)		1,889
Repayment of long-term debt		(2,441	)		(6,640	)		(2,268	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		(401	)		(378	)		(342	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		—			—			57
Payment of debt issuance costs		(62	)		(92	)		(50	)
Issuance of common stock		—			2,506			—
Repurchase of common stock		—			(1,503	)		—
Distributions to stockholders		(3,148	)		(31	)		(4,257	)
Income tax benefits		174			63			114
Other		(67	)		48			(2	)

Net cash used in financing activities		(1,780	)		(976	)		(1,947	)

Change in cash and cash equivalents		332			(38	)		99
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		373			411			312

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	705		$	373		$	411

Interest payments	$	1,723		$	1,987		$	1,994
Income tax (refunds) payments, net	$	618		$	(256	)	$	517

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Reporting Entity and Corporate Reorganization

On November 17, 2006, HCA Inc. was acquired by a private investor group, including affiliates of or funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., BAML Capital Partners and HCA founder, Dr. Thomas F. Frist Jr. (collectively, the “Investors”) and by members of management and certain other investors. The transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization in our financial statements, with no adjustments to the historical basis of our assets and liabilities.

On November 22, 2010, HCA Inc. reorganized by creating a new holding company structure (the “Corporate Reorganization”). HCA Holdings, Inc. became the new parent company, and HCA Inc. became HCA Holdings, Inc.’s wholly-owned direct subsidiary. As part of the Corporate Reorganization, HCA Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock were automatically converted, on a share for share basis, into identical shares of HCA Holdings, Inc.’s common stock. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, HCA Holdings, Inc. was deemed the successor registrant to HCA Inc. under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

HCA Holdings, Inc. is a holding company whose affiliates own and operate hospitals and related health care entities. The term “affiliates” includes direct and indirect subsidiaries of HCA Holdings, Inc. and partnerships and joint ventures in which such subsidiaries are partners. At December 31, 2012, these affiliates owned and operated 162 hospitals, 112 freestanding surgery centers and provided extensive outpatient and ancillary services. HCA Holdings, Inc.’s facilities are located in 20 states and England. The terms “Company,” “HCA,” “we,” “our” or “us,” as used herein and unless otherwise stated or indicated by context, refer to HCA Inc. and its affiliates prior to the Corporate Reorganization and to HCA Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates after the Corporate Reorganization. The term “facilities” or “hospitals” refer to entities owned and operated by affiliates of HCA and the term “employees” refers to employees of affiliates of HCA.

Basis of Presentation

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries and entities controlled by HCA. We generally define “control” as ownership of a majority of the voting interest of an entity. The consolidated financial statements include entities in which we absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both, as a result of ownership, contractual or other financial interests in the entity. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Investments in entities we do not control, but in which we have a substantial ownership interest and can exercise significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method.

We have completed various acquisitions and joint venture transactions. The accounts of these entities have been included in our consolidated financial statements for periods subsequent to our acquisition of controlling interests. The majority of our expenses are “cost of revenue” items. Costs that could be classified as general and administrative include our corporate office costs, which were $248 million, $228 million and $182 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-8

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenues

In 2011, we adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-07, Presentation and Disclosure of Patient Service Revenue, Provision for Bad Debts, and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for Certain Health Care Entities (“ASU 2011-07”). ASU 2011-07 requires health care entities to change the presentation of the statement of operations by reclassifying the provision for doubtful accounts from an operating expense to a deduction from patient service revenues.

Revenues consist primarily of net patient service revenues that are recorded based upon established billing rates less allowances for contractual adjustments. Revenues are recorded during the period the health care services are provided, based upon the estimated amounts due from the patients and third-party payers. Third-party payers include federal and state agencies (under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies and employers. Estimates of contractual allowances under managed care health plans are based upon the payment terms specified in the related contractual agreements. Contractual payment terms in managed care agreements are generally based upon predetermined rates per diagnosis, per diem rates or discounted fee-for-service rates. Revenues related to uninsured patients and copayment and deductible amounts for patients who have health care coverage may have discounts applied (uninsured discounts and contractual discounts). We also record a provision for doubtful accounts (based primarily on historical collection experience) related to these uninsured accounts to record net self pay revenues at the estimated amounts we expect to collect. Our revenues from third party payers and the uninsured for the years ended December 31, are summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):


	2012			Ratio			2011			Ratio			2010			Ratio
Medicare	$	8,292			25.1	%	$	7,653			25.8	%	$	7,203			25.7	%
Managed Medicare		2,954			8.9			2,442			8.2			2,162			7.7
Medicaid		1,464			4.4			1,845			6.2			1,962			7.0
Managed Medicaid		1,504			4.6			1,265			4.3			1,165			4.2
Managed care and other insurers		17,998			54.5			15,703			52.9			14,762			52.7
International (managed care and other insurers)		1,060			3.2			938			3.2			784			2.8

		33,272			100.7			29,846			100.6			28,038			100.1
Uninsured		2,580			7.8			1,846			6.2			1,732			6.2
Other		931			2.8			814			2.7			913			3.3

Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts		36,783			111.3			32,506			109.5			30,683			109.6
Provision for doubtful accounts		(3,770	)		(11.3	)		(2,824	)		(9.5	)		(2,648	)		(9.6	)

Revenues	$	33,013			100.0	%	$	29,682			100.0	%	$	28,035			100.0	%

Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, there is at least a reasonable possibility recorded estimates will change by a material amount. Estimated reimbursement amounts are adjusted in subsequent periods as cost reports are prepared and filed and as final settlements are determined (in relation to certain government programs, primarily Medicare, this is generally referred to as the “cost report” filing and settlement process). The adjustments to estimated Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement amounts and disproportionate-share funds, which resulted in net increases to revenues, related primarily to cost reports filed during the respective year were $50 million, $40 million and $52 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The adjustments to estimated reimbursement amounts, which resulted in net increases to revenues, related primarily to cost reports filed during previous years were $242 million, $30 million and $50 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2012 amount related

F-9

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenues (continued)

to cost reports filed during previous years includes two adjustments to Medicare revenues that affected multiple annual cost report periods for the majority of our hospitals (the Rural Floor Provision Settlement which increased revenues by approximately $271 million and the implementation of revised Supplemental Security Income ratios which reduced revenues by approximately $75 million). The net effect of these Medicare adjustments was an increase of $196 million to revenues. Excluding the effect of these Medicare adjustments, the 2012 amount related to previous years would have been $46 million.

The Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act (“EMTALA”) requires any hospital participating in the Medicare program to conduct an appropriate medical screening examination of every person who presents to the hospital’s emergency room for treatment and, if the individual is suffering from an emergency medical condition, to either stabilize the condition or make an appropriate transfer of the individual to a facility able to handle the condition. The obligation to screen and stabilize emergency medical conditions exists regardless of an individual’s ability to pay for treatment. Federal and state laws and regulations require, and our commitment to providing quality patient care encourages, us to provide services to patients who are financially unable to pay for the health care services they receive. Because we do not pursue collection of amounts determined to qualify as charity care, they are not reported in revenues. Patients treated at hospitals for nonelective care, who have income at or below 200% of the federal poverty level, are eligible for charity care. The federal poverty level is established by the federal government and is based on income and family size. We provide discounts to uninsured patients who do not qualify for Medicaid or charity care. These discounts are similar to those provided to many local managed care plans. In implementing the uninsured discount policy, we first attempt to qualify uninsured patients for Medicaid, other federal or state assistance or charity care. If an uninsured patient does not qualify for these programs, the uninsured discount is applied.

To quantify the total impact of and trends related to uninsured accounts, we believe it is beneficial to view charity care, uninsured discounts and the provision for doubtful accounts in combination, rather than each separately. A summary of these amounts for the years ended December 31, follows (dollars in millions):


	2012		Ratio			2011		Ratio			2010		Ratio
Charity care	$	3,093		22	%	$	2,683		24	%	$	2,337		24	%
Uninsured discounts		6,978		51			5,707		51			4,641		48
Provision for doubtful accounts		3,770		27			2,824		25			2,648		28

Total uncompensated care	$	13,841		100	%	$	11,214		100	%	$	9,626		100	%

A summary of the estimated cost of total uncompensated care for the years ended December 31, follows (dollars in millions):


	2012			2011			2010
Gross patient charges	$	165,614		$	141,516		$	125,640
Patient care costs (salaries and benefits, supplies, other operating expenses and depreciation and amortization)		28,533			25,554			23,870

Cost-to-charges ratio		17.2	%		18.1	%		19.0	%

Total uncompensated care	$	13,841		$	11,214		$	9,626
Multiply by the cost-to-charges ratio		17.2	%		18.1	%		19.0	%

Estimated cost of total uncompensated care	$	2,381		$	2,030		$	1,829

F-10

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenues (continued)

The sum of charity care, uninsured discounts and the provision for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of the sum of revenues, charity care, uninsured discounts and the provision for doubtful accounts increased from 25.6% for 2010, to 27.4% for 2011 and to 29.5% for 2012.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased. Our insurance subsidiaries’ cash equivalent investments in excess of the amounts required to pay estimated professional liability claims during the next twelve months are not included in cash and cash equivalents as these funds are not available for general corporate purposes. Carrying values of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Our cash management system provides for daily investment of available balances and the funding of outstanding checks when presented for payment. Outstanding, but unpresented, checks totaling $437 million and $382 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, have been included in “accounts payable” in the consolidated balance sheets. Upon presentation for payment, these checks are funded through available cash balances or our credit facility.

Accounts Receivable

We receive payments for services rendered from federal and state agencies (under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, employers and patients. We recognize that revenues and receivables from government agencies are significant to our operations, but do not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these government agencies. We do not believe there are any other significant concentrations of revenues from any particular payer that would subject us to any significant credit risks in the collection of our accounts receivable.

Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made by means of the provision for doubtful accounts. Accounts written off as uncollectible are deducted from the allowance for doubtful accounts and subsequent recoveries are added. The amount of the provision for doubtful accounts is based upon management’s assessment of historical and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in federal, state and private employer health care coverage and other collection indicators. The provision for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts relate to “uninsured” amounts due directly from patients (including copayment and deductible amounts from patients who have health care coverage). Accounts are written off when all reasonable internal and external collection efforts have been performed. We consider the return of an account from the secondary collection agency to be the culmination of our reasonable collection efforts and the timing basis for writing off the account balance. Writeoffs are based upon specific identification and the writeoff process requires a writeoff adjustment entry to the patient accounting system. Management relies on the results of detailed reviews of historical writeoffs and recoveries at facilities that represent a majority of our revenues and accounts receivable (the “hindsight analysis”) as a primary source of information to utilize in estimating the collectibility of our accounts receivable. We perform the hindsight analysis quarterly, utilizing rolling twelve-months accounts receivable collection and writeoff data. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for doubtful accounts represented approximately 93% and 92%, respectively, of the $5.228 billion and $4.478 billion, respectively, patient due accounts receivable balance. The patient due accounts receivable balance represents the estimated uninsured portion of our accounts receivable. The estimated uninsured portion of Medicaid pending and uninsured discount pending accounts is included in our patient due accounts receivable balance. Days revenues in accounts receivable were 52 days, 53 days and 50 days at December 31, 2012, 2011

F-11

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Accounts Receivable (continued)

and 2010, respectively. Adverse changes in general economic conditions, patient accounting service center operations, payer mix or trends in federal or state governmental health care coverage could affect our collection of accounts receivable, cash flows and results of operations.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.

Property and Equipment

Depreciation expense, computed using the straight-line method, was $1.673 billion in 2012, $1.461 billion in 2011 and $1.416 billion in 2010. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging generally from 10 to 40 years. Estimated useful lives of equipment vary generally from four to 10 years.

When events, circumstances or operating results indicate the carrying values of certain long-lived assets expected to be held and used, might be impaired, we prepare projections of the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the projections indicate the recorded amounts are not expected to be recoverable, such amounts are reduced to estimated fair value. Fair value may be estimated based upon internal evaluations that include quantitative analyses of revenues and cash flows, reviews of recent sales of similar facilities and independent appraisals.

Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair value less costs to sell or close. The estimates of fair value are usually based upon recent sales of similar assets and market responses based upon discussions with and offers received from potential buyers.

Investments of Insurance Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the investments of our wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries were classified as “available-for-sale” as defined in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 320, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities and are recorded at fair value. The investment securities are held for the purpose of providing a funding source to pay liability claims covered by the insurance subsidiaries. We perform a quarterly assessment of individual investment securities to determine whether declines in market value are temporary or other-than-temporary. Our investment securities evaluation process involves multiple subjective judgments, often involves estimating the outcome of future events, and requires a significant level of professional judgment in determining whether an impairment has occurred. We evaluate, among other things, the financial position and near term prospects of the issuer, conditions in the issuer’s industry, liquidity of the investment, changes in the amount or timing of expected future cash flows from the investment, and recent downgrades of the issuer by a rating agency, to determine if, and when, a decline in the fair value of an investment below amortized cost is considered other-than-temporary. The length of time and extent to which the fair value of the investment is less than amortized cost and our ability and intent to retain the investment, to allow for any anticipated recovery of the investment’s fair value, are important components of our investment securities evaluation process.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual impairment tests. In addition to the annual impairment review, impairment reviews are performed whenever circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. Reporting units are one level below the

F-12

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)

business segment level, and our impairment testing is performed at the operating division or market level. We compare the fair value of the reporting unit assets to the carrying amount, on at least an annual basis, to determine if there is potential impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit assets is less than their carrying value, we compare the fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value. If the fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized. Fair value of goodwill is estimated based upon internal evaluations of the related long-lived assets for each reporting unit that include quantitative analyses of revenues and cash flows and reviews of recent sales of similar facilities. No goodwill impairments were recognized during 2012 and 2011, and we recognized goodwill impairments of $14 million during 2010.

During 2012, goodwill increased by $288 million related to acquisitions, declined by $3 million related to facility sales and increased by $3 million related to foreign currency translation and other adjustments. During 2011, goodwill increased by $2.329 billion related to acquisitions, declined by $24 million related to facility sales, and declined by $16 million related to foreign currency translation and other adjustments.

Since January 1, 2000, we have recognized total goodwill impairments of $102 million in the aggregate. None of the goodwill impairments related to evaluations of goodwill at the reporting unit level, as all recognized goodwill impairments during this period related to goodwill allocated to asset disposal groups.

During 2012 and 2010, there were no changes in other intangible assets. During 2011, other intangible assets increased by $269 million. Other intangible assets are not amortized, but are subject to annual impairment tests.

Deferred Loan Costs

Debt issuance costs are amortized based upon the terms of the respective debt obligations. The gross carrying amount of deferred loan costs at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $571 million and $638 million, respectively, and accumulated amortization was $281 million and $348 million, respectively. Amortization of deferred loan costs is included in interest expense and was $62 million, $70 million and $81 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Physician Recruiting Agreements

In order to recruit physicians to meet the needs of our hospitals and the communities they serve, we enter into minimum revenue guarantee arrangements to assist the recruited physicians during the period they are relocating and establishing their practices. A guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the stand-ready obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. We expense the total estimated guarantee liability amount at the time the physician recruiting agreement becomes effective as we are not able to justify recording a contract-based asset based upon our analysis of the related control, regulatory and legal considerations.

The physician recruiting liability amount of $15 million at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 represents the amount of expense recognized in excess of payments made through December 31, 2012 and 2011. At December 31, 2012 the maximum amount we could have to pay under all effective minimum revenue guarantees was $37 million.

F-13

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Professional Liability Claims

Reserves for professional liability risks were $1.297 billion and $1.291 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The current portion of the reserves, $324 million and $298 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in “other accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets. Provisions for losses related to professional liability risks were $331 million, $244 million and $222 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in “other operating expenses” in our consolidated income statements. Provisions for losses related to professional liability risks are based upon actuarially determined estimates. Loss and loss expense reserves represent the estimated ultimate net cost of all reported and unreported losses incurred through the respective consolidated balance sheet dates. The reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses are estimated using individual case-basis valuations and actuarial analyses. Those estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency. The estimates are continually reviewed and adjustments are recorded as experience develops or new information becomes known. Adjustments to the estimated reserve amounts are included in current operating results. The reserves for professional liability risks cover approximately 2,700 individual claims at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 and estimates for unreported potential claims. The time period required to resolve these claims can vary depending upon the jurisdiction and whether the claim is settled or litigated. During 2012 and 2011, $335 million and $240 million, respectively, of net payments were made for professional and general liability claims. The estimation of the timing of payments beyond a year can vary significantly. Although considerable variability is inherent in professional liability reserve estimates, we believe the reserves for losses and loss expenses are adequate; however, there can be no assurance the ultimate liability will not exceed our estimates.

A portion of our professional liability risks is insured through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary. Subject to a $5 million per occurrence self-insured retention, our facilities are insured by our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary for losses up to $50 million per occurrence. The insurance subsidiary has obtained reinsurance for professional liability risks generally above a retention level of $15 million per occurrence. We also maintain professional liability insurance with unrelated commercial carriers for losses in excess of amounts insured by our insurance subsidiary.

The obligations covered by reinsurance and excess insurance contracts are included in the reserves for professional liability risks, as we remain liable to the extent the reinsurers and excess insurance carriers do not meet their obligations under the reinsurance and excess insurance contracts. The amounts receivable under the reinsurance contracts include $17 million and $25 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, recorded in “other assets”, and $32 million and $14 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, recorded in “other current assets”.

Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exposures, and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. We recognize derivative instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange contracts, in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in stockholders’ equity, as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in earnings, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged items related to the hedged risk. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income

F-14

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial Instruments (continued)

(loss), and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the forecasted transactions when they occur. In the event the forecasted transaction to which a cash flow hedge relates is no longer likely, the amount in other comprehensive income (loss) is recognized in earnings and generally the derivative is terminated. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges, and for any portion of a hedge that is ineffective, are reported in earnings.

The net interest paid or received on interest rate swaps is recognized as interest expense. Gains and losses resulting from the early termination of interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as adjustments to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt originally associated with the terminated swap.

Electronic Health Record Incentive Payments

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides for Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments for eligible hospitals and professionals that adopt and meaningfully use certified electronic health record (“EHR”) technology. We recognize income related to Medicare and Medicaid incentive payments using a gain contingency model that is based upon when our eligible hospitals have demonstrated meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is available.

Medicare EHR incentive calculations and related initial payment amounts are based upon the most current filed cost report information available at the time our eligible hospitals demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period. However, unlike Medicaid, this initial payment amount will be adjusted based upon an updated calculation using the annual cost report information for the cost report period that began during the applicable payment year. Thus, incentive income recognition occurs at the point our eligible hospitals demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology for the applicable period and the cost report information for the full cost report year that will determine the final calculation of the incentive payment is available.

We recognized $336 million ($247 million Medicare and $89 million Medicaid) and $210 million ($123 million Medicare and $87 million Medicaid) of electronic health record incentive income during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had $113 million and $134 million, respectively, of deferred EHR incentive income, which represent initial incentive payments received for which EHR incentive income has not been recognized.

Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Entities

The consolidated financial statements include all assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of less than 100% owned entities that we control. Accordingly, we have recorded noncontrolling interests in the earnings and equity of such entities.

F-15

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Related Party Transactions — Management Agreement

The Investors provided management and advisory services to the Company pursuant to a management agreement among HCA Inc. and the Investors executed in connection with the Investors’ acquisition of HCA Inc. in November 2006. The management agreement was terminated pursuant to its terms upon completion of the initial public offering of our common stock during March 2011, and the Company paid the Investors a final fee of $181 million. The management agreement also provided that the Company pay a 1% fee in connection with certain financing, acquisition, divestiture and change of control transactions. The Company paid the Investors a fee of $26 million related to the initial public offering of our common stock, and this fee was recorded as a cost of the stock offering. The annual management fee was $18 million for 2010.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation.

NOTE 2 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Incentive Plan

The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of HCA Holdings Inc. and its Affiliates, as Amended and Restated (the “Stock Incentive Plan”) is designed to promote the long term financial interests and growth of the Company by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and to motivate them to achieve long range goals and further the alignment of interests of participants with those of our stockholders through opportunities for increased stock, or stock-based, ownership in the Company. During 2011, our Board of Directors approved certain amendments to the Stock Incentive Plan that included an increase to the number of shares available for issuance under the plan by 40,000,000 shares. Portions of the options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted share units (“RSUs”) granted under the Stock Incentive Plan vest solely based upon continued employment over a specific period of time, and portions of the options, SARs and RSUs vest based both upon continued employment over a specific period of time and upon the achievement of predetermined financial and Investor return targets over time. We granted 6,348,000 and 1,288,000 stock options and SARs and 4,647,400 and 80,000 RSUs under the Stock Incentive Plan during 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2012, there were 31,513,200 stock options and SARs outstanding and exercisable, and there were 36,455,600 shares available for future grants under the Stock Incentive Plan.

Rollover Options

Certain management holders of outstanding prerecapitalization HCA stock options retained certain of their stock options (the “Rollover Options”). The Rollover Options remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of the governing stock incentive plans and grant agreements pursuant to which the holder originally received the stock option grants. At December 31, 2012, there were 932,800 Rollover Options outstanding and exercisable.

Stock Option, SAR and RSU Activity

The fair value of each stock option and SAR award is estimated on the grant date, using valuation models and the weighted average assumptions indicated in the following table. Awards under the Stock Incentive Plan generally vest based on continued employment (“Time Stock Options and SARs” and “Time RSUs”) and based upon achievement of certain financial and Investor return targets (“Performance Stock Options and SARs” and “Performance RSUs”). Each grant is valued as a single award with an expected term equal to the average expected term of the component vesting tranches. We use historical exercise behavior data and other factors to

F-16

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

Stock Option, SAR and RSU Activity (continued)

estimate the expected term of the options and SARs. The expected term of the share-based award is limited by the contractual term, and employee post-vesting termination behavior is incorporated in the historical exercise behavior data. Compensation cost is recognized on the straight-line attribution method. The straight-line attribution method requires that total compensation expense recognized must at least equal the vested portion of the grant-date fair value. The expected volatility is derived using historical stock price information of certain peer group companies for a period of time equal to the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is the approximate yield on United States Treasury Strips having a life equal to the expected share-based award life on the date of grant. The expected life is an estimate of the number of years a share-based award will be held before it is exercised.


	2012			2011			2010
Risk-free interest rate		1.18	%		0.89	%		2.07	%
Expected volatility		50	%		41	%		35	%
Expected life, in years		6.25			5.00			5.00
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—

Information regarding Time Stock Options and SARs and Performance Stock Options and SARs activity during 2012, 2011 and 2010 is summarized below (share amounts in thousands):


	Time Stock Options and SARs			Performance Stock Options and SARs			Total Stock Options and SARs			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (dollars in millions)
Options outstanding, December 31, 2009		25,443			26,474			51,917		$	11.72
Granted		843			121			964			15.73
Exercised		(1,598	)		(128	)		(1,726	)		4.06
Cancelled		(171	)		(458	)		(629	)		7.96

Options outstanding, December 31, 2010		24,517			26,009			50,526			8.58
Granted		644			644			1,288			23.35
Exercised		(3,312	)		(1,732	)		(5,044	)		6.31
Cancelled		(110	)		(348	)		(458	)		5.88

Options outstanding, December 31, 2011		21,739			24,573			46,312			9.26
Granted		3,174			3,174			6,348			27.03
Exercised		(5,530	)		(5,128	)		(10,658	)		7.60
Cancelled		(192	)		(568	)		(760	)		9.49

Options and SARs outstanding, December 31, 2012		19,191			22,051			41,242			11.56		5.5 years	$	767

Options and SARs exercisable, December 31, 2012		14,534			17,912			32,446		$	9.38		4.6 years	$	674

The weighted average fair values of stock options and SARs granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $13.16, $8.53 and $7.13 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options and SARs exercised in

F-17

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

Stock Option, SAR and RSU Activity (continued)

the year ended December 31, 2012 was $226 million. As of December 31, 2012, the unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options and SARs was $76 million.

Information regarding Time RSUs and Performance RSUs activity during 2012 and 2011 is summarized below (share amounts in thousands):


	Time RSUs			Performance RSUs			Total RSUs			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
RSUs outstanding, December 31, 2010		—			—			—			—
Granted		80			—			80		$	30.00
Vested		—			—			—			—
Cancelled		—			—			—			—

RSUs outstanding, December 31, 2011		80			—			80			30.00
Granted		3,162			1,485			4,647			26.98
Vested		(4	)		—			(4	)		30.00
Cancelled		(164	)		(75	)		(239	)		26.99

RSUs outstanding, December 31, 2012		3,074			1,410			4,484			27.03

As of December 31, 2012, the unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was $92 million.

During 2012, our Board of Directors declared three distributions to the Company’s stockholders and holders of certain vested share-based awards. The distributions totaled $6.50 per share and vested share-based award (subject to limitations for certain awards), or $3.142 billion in the aggregate. Pursuant to the terms of our share-based award plans, the holders of nonvested stock options and SARs received $6.50 per share reductions to the exercise price of the applicable share-based awards (subject to certain limitations for certain share-based awards that resulted in deferred distributions for a portion of the declared distribution, which will be paid upon the vesting of the applicable share-based award). The holders of any nonvested RSUs will be paid the applicable distribution amounts upon the vesting of the applicable RSUs. There were no distributions declared during 2011.

During 2010, our Board of Directors declared three distributions to the Company’s stockholders and holders of certain vested share-based awards. The distributions totaled $9.43 per share and vested share-based award, or $4.332 billion in the aggregate. Pursuant to the terms of our share-based award plans, the holders of nonvested stock options and SARs received $9.43 per share reductions to the exercise price of the applicable share-based awards (subject to certain tax related limitations for certain share-based awards that resulted in deferred distributions for a portion of the declared distribution, which will be paid upon the vesting of the applicable share-based award).

NOTE 3 — ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

HealthONE Acquisition

During October 2011, we completed the acquisition of the Colorado Health Foundation’s (“Foundation”) approximate 40% remaining ownership interest in the HCA-HealthONE LLC (“HealthONE”) joint venture for $1.450 billion. HealthONE’s assets included seven hospitals and 12 freestanding surgery centers in the Denver area. We accounted for our investment in HealthONE using the equity method through October 2011 with our

F-18

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3 — ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (continued)

HealthONE Acquisition (continued)

share of their operations all recorded in the line item “Equity in earnings of affiliates” in our consolidated income statements, and we began consolidating HealthONE’s operations in our consolidated income statements beginning November 2011.

The total cost of the HealthONE acquisition has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values in accordance with ASC No. 805, Business Combinations. The purchase price represented a premium over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired due to the value of the expected cash flows and HealthONE’s assembled workforce.

We identified and analyzed the acquired fixed assets, contracts, contractual commitments and legal contingencies to record the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill of $2.261 billion being recorded as of December 31, 2011. We also recorded a gain of $1.522 billion related to this acquisition due to the remeasurement of our previous equity investment in HealthONE, based upon our acquisition of the Foundation’s ownership interest and the resulting consolidation of the entire enterprise at estimated fair value. During 2012, we recorded final adjustments to the purchase price allocation which resulted in a $30 million increase to noncontrolling interests, a $26 million reduction to property and equipment and a $56 million increase to goodwill. The amount of tax deductible goodwill is $981 million.

A summary of the final purchase price allocation, including assumed liabilities, follows (dollars in millions):


Current assets	$	400
Property and equipment		1,014
Identifiable intangible asset (trade name)		269
Goodwill		2,317
Other assets		7

Liabilities		152
Noncontrolling interests		123

The acquired HealthONE operating results have been included in the consolidated income statements since the acquisition date. The revenues and net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc. related to the acquired HealthONE operations for the period from November 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011 were $347 million and $15 million, respectively. The following unaudited pro forma combined summary of operations data gives effect to including the acquired HealthONE operating results in our operating results as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2010 (dollars in millions):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Pro forma revenues	$	31,383	$	29,925
Pro forma net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.		2,507		1,257

Pro forma adjustments to net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc. include adjustments to record HealthONE’s operating results on a consolidated basis and eliminate the equity method operating results, to record depreciation expense based on the estimated fair value assigned to the long-lived assets acquired, to record interest expense assuming the increase in long-term debt used to fund the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2010 and to record the related tax effects. These pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the actual results of operations that would have occurred if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010.

F-19

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3 — ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (continued)

Other Acquisitions and Dispositions

During 2012, we paid $58 million and assumed liabilities of $33 million to acquire a hospital and paid $200 million to acquire other nonhospital health care entities. During 2011, we paid $136 million to acquire a hospital and $96 million to acquire other nonhospital health care entities. During 2010, we paid $163 million to acquire two hospitals and $70 million to acquire other nonhospital health care entities. Purchase price amounts have been allocated to the related assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The purchase price paid in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets of these acquired entities aggregated $232 million, $68 million and $125 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the acquired entities subsequent to the respective acquisition dates. The pro forma effects of these acquired entities on our results of operations for periods prior to the respective acquisition dates were not significant.

During 2012, we received proceeds of $30 million and recognized a net pretax gain of $15 million ($9 million after tax) related to the sales of real estate investments. During 2011, we received proceeds of $281 million and recognized a net pretax gain of $142 million ($80 million after tax) related to the sales of a hospital facility and our investment in a hospital joint venture. During 2010, we received proceeds of $37 million and recognized a net pretax gain of $4 million ($2 million after tax) from sales of nonhospital health care entities and real estate investments.

NOTE 4 — IMPAIRMENTS OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

There were no impairments of long-lived assets for 2012 and 2011. During 2010, we recorded pretax charges of $123 million to reduce the carrying value of identified assets to estimated fair value. The $123 million asset impairment includes $57 million related to a hospital facility in our Central Group, $5 million related to other health care entity investments in our National Group, $17 million related to a hospital facility in our Southwest Group and $44 million related to Corporate and other, which includes $35 million for the writeoff of capitalized engineering and design costs related to certain building safety requirements (California earthquake standards) that have been revised.

The asset impairment charges did not have a significant impact on our operations or cash flows and are not expected to significantly impact cash flows for future periods. The impairment charges affected our property and equipment asset category by $109 million in 2010.

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (dollars in millions):


	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	604		$	(119	)	$	401
State		58			(12	)		26
Foreign		43			44			33
Deferred:
Federal		167			714			161
State		(8	)		71			17
Foreign		24			21			20

	$	888		$	719		$	658

F-20

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAXES (continued)

The provision for income taxes reflects $53 million, $100 million and $69 million ($33 million, $63 million and $44 million net of tax, respectively) reductions in interest related to taxing authority examinations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate follows:


	2012			2011			2010
Federal statutory rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		2.2			2.0			2.7
Change in liability for uncertain tax positions		—			1.0			0.3
Nontaxable gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			(13.8	)		—
Tax exempt interest income		(0.2	)		(0.2	)		(0.4	)
Other items, net		(1.4	)		(1.4	)		(2.3	)

Effective income tax rate on income applicable to HCA Holdings, Inc.		35.6			22.6			35.3
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests from consolidated partnerships		(4.9	)		(2.4	)		(5.8	)

Effective income tax rate on income before income taxes		30.7	%		20.2	%		29.5	%

A summary of the items comprising the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 follows (dollars in millions):


	2012				2011
	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities
Depreciation and fixed asset basis differences	$	—	$	292	$	—	$	402
Allowances for professional liability and other risks		355		—		337		—
Accounts receivable		405		—		706		—
Compensation		237		—		216		—
Other		744		595		698		511

	$	1,741	$	887	$	1,957	$	913

At December 31, 2012, state net operating loss carryforwards (expiring in years 2013 through 2032) available to offset future taxable income approximated $45 million. Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards in any one year may be limited and, in certain cases, result in an adjustment to intangible assets. Net deferred tax assets related to such carryforwards are not significant.

At December 31, 2012, the IRS Examination Division was conducting an audit of HCA Inc.’s 2007, 2008 and 2009 federal income tax returns. We expect the IRS Examination Division will begin an audit of HCA Holdings, Inc.’s 2010 and 2011 federal income tax returns in 2013.

F-21

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAXES (continued)

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits (dollars in millions):


	2012			2011
Balance at January 1	$	445		$	313
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		16			83
Additions for tax positions of prior years		92			73
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(19	)		(15	)
Settlements		(103	)		—
Lapse of applicable statutes of limitations		(6	)		(9	)

Balance at December 31	$	425		$	445

During 2012, we finalized settlements with the IRS for our 2005 and 2006 tax years resolving all outstanding issues, including the timing of recognition of certain patient service revenues, the deductibility of certain debt retirement costs and our method for calculating the tax allowance for doubtful accounts. During 2011, we finalized settlements with the IRS resolving all outstanding issues for our 1997 through 2004 tax years.

Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $426 million, including accrued interest of $14 million and excluding $13 million that was recorded as reductions of the related deferred tax assets, as of December 31, 2012 ($494 million, $62 million and $13 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011). Unrecognized tax benefits of $125 million ($173 million as of December 31, 2011) would affect the effective rate, if recognized.

Depending on the resolution of any IRS disputes, the completion of examinations by federal, state or international taxing authorities, or the expiration of statutes of limitation for specific taxing jurisdictions, we believe it is reasonably possible that our liability for unrecognized tax benefits may significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. However, we are currently unable to estimate the range of any possible change.

NOTE 6 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

We compute basic earnings per share using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. We compute diluted earnings per share using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options, SARs and RSUs, computed using the treasury stock method. During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87,719,300 shares of our common stock, and during September 2011, we repurchased 80,771,143 shares of our common stock. The following table sets forth the computations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in millions, except per share amounts, and shares in thousands):


	2012		2011		2010
Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc	$	1,605	$	2,465	$	1,207

Weighted average common shares outstanding		440,178		476,609		426,424
Effect of dilutive incremental shares		19,225		19,334		10,923

Shares used for diluted earnings per share		459,403		495,943		437,347

Earnings per share:
Basic earnings per share	$	3.65	$	5.17	$	2.83
Diluted earnings per share	$	3.49	$	4.97	$	2.76

F-22

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7 — INVESTMENTS OF INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES

A summary of the insurance subsidiaries’ investments at December 31 follows (dollars in millions):


	2012
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Amounts					Fair Value
	Amortized Cost		Gains		Losses			Fair Value
Debt securities:
States and municipalities	$	395	$	23	$	—		$	418
Auction rate securities		74		—		(6	)		68
Asset-backed securities		14		—		—			14
Money market funds		67		—		—			67

		550		23		(6	)		567
Equity securities		2		1		—			3

	$	552	$	24	$	(6	)		570

Amounts classified as current assets									(55	)

Investment carrying value								$	515


	2011
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Amounts					Fair Value
	Amortized Cost		Gains		Losses			Fair Value
Debt securities:
States and municipalities	$	398	$	19	$	—		$	417
Auction rate securities		139		—		(8	)		131
Asset-backed securities		20		—		—			20
Money market funds		53		—		—			53

		610		19		(8	)		621
Equity securities		7		1		(1	)		7

	$	617	$	20	$	(9	)		628

Amounts classified as current assets									(80	)

Investment carrying value								$	548

At December 31, 2012 and 2011 the investments of our insurance subsidiaries were classified as “available-for-sale.” Changes in temporary unrealized gains and losses are recorded as adjustments to other comprehensive income (loss). At December 31, 2012 and 2011, $9 million and $19 million, respectively, of our investments were subject to the restrictions included in insurance bond collateralization and assumed reinsurance contracts.

F-23

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7 — INVESTMENTS OF INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES (continued)

Scheduled maturities of investments in debt securities at December 31, 2012 were as follows (dollars in millions):


	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	76	$	76
Due after one year through five years		173		181
Due after five years through ten years		120		128
Due after ten years		93		100

		462		485
Auction rate securities		74		68
Asset-backed securities		14		14

	$	550	$	567

The average expected maturity of the investments in debt securities at December 31, 2012 was 4.5 years, compared to the average scheduled maturity of 8.3 years. Expected and scheduled maturities may differ because the issuers of certain securities have the right to call, prepay or otherwise redeem such obligations prior to their scheduled maturity date. The average expected maturities for our auction rate and asset-backed securities were derived from valuation models of expected cash flows and involved management’s judgment. The average expected maturities for our auction rate and asset-backed securities at December 31, 2012 were 5.5 years and 4.0 years, respectively, compared to average scheduled maturities of 24.1 years and 24.0 years, respectively.

The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Sales of securities for the years ended December 31 are summarized below (dollars in millions):


	2012		2011		2010
Debt securities:
Cash proceeds	$	1	$	—	$	329
Gross realized gains		—		—		14
Gross realized losses		—		—		1
Equity securities:
Cash proceeds	$	5	$	—	$	—
Gross realized gains		—		—		—
Gross realized losses		—		—		—

NOTE 8 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties based on common notional principal amounts and maturity dates. Pay-fixed interest rate swaps effectively convert LIBOR indexed variable rate obligations to fixed interest rate obligations. The interest payments under these agreements are settled on a net basis. The net interest payments, based on the notional amounts in these agreements, generally match the timing of the related liabilities, for the interest rate swap agreements which have been designated as cash flow hedges. The notional amounts of the swap agreements represent amounts used to calculate the exchange of cash flows and are not our assets or liabilities. Our credit risk related to these agreements is considered low because the swap agreements are with creditworthy financial institutions.

F-24

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Interest Rate Swap Agreements (continued)

The following table sets forth our interest rate swap agreements, which have been designated as cash flow hedges, at December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):


	Notional Amount		Maturity Date		Fair Value
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps	$	500		December 2014	$	(10	)
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps		3,000		December 2016		(346	)
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps		1,000		December 2017		(73	)

During the next 12 months, we estimate $126 million will be reclassified from other comprehensive income (“OCI”) to interest expense.

Cross Currency Swaps

The Company and certain subsidiaries have incurred obligations and entered into various intercompany transactions where such obligations are denominated in currencies, other than the functional currencies of the parties executing the trade. In order to mitigate the currency exposure risks and better match the cash flows of our obligations and intercompany transactions with cash flows from operations, we enter into various cross currency swaps. Our credit risk related to these agreements is considered low because the swap agreements are with creditworthy financial institutions.

Our cross currency swap is not designated as a hedge, and changes in fair value are recognized in results of operations. The following table sets forth our cross currency swap agreement at December 31, 2012 (amounts in millions):

Notional
Amount

Maturity Date

Fair
Value

Euro — United States Dollar Currency Swap

241 Euro

November 2013

(13

)

Derivatives — Results of Operations

The following tables present the effect of our interest rate and cross currency swaps on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):


Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Loss Recognized in OCI on Derivatives, Net of Tax		Location of Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Operations		Amount of Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Operations
Interest rate swaps	$	96		Interest expense	$	122


Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	Location of Gain Recognized in Operations on Derivatives		Amount of Gain Recognized in Operations on Derivatives
Cross currency swap		Other operating expenses	$	3

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

We have agreements with each of our derivative counterparties that contain a provision where we could be declared in default on our derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to our default on the indebtedness. As of December 31, 2012, we have not been required to post any

F-25

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features (continued)

collateral related to these agreements. If we had breached these provisions at December 31, 2012, we would have been required to settle our obligations under the agreements at their aggregate, estimated termination value of $471 million.

NOTE 9 — ASSETS AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE

Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) emphasizes fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 utilizes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Cash Traded Investments

Our cash traded investments are generally classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Certain types of cash traded instruments are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently and therefore have little or no price transparency. Such instruments include auction rate securities (“ARS”) and limited partnership investments. The transaction price is initially used as the best estimate of fair value.

Our wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries had investments in tax-exempt ARS, which are backed by student loans substantially guaranteed by the federal government, of $68 million ($74 million par value) at December 31, 2012. We do not currently intend to attempt to sell the ARS as the liquidity needs of our insurance subsidiaries are expected to be met by other investments in their investment portfolios. During 2012 and 2011, certain issuers and their broker/dealers redeemed or repurchased $65 million and $112 million, respectively, of our ARS at par value. The valuation of these securities involved management’s judgment, after consideration of market factors and the absence of market transparency, market liquidity and observable inputs. Our valuation models derived a fair market value compared to tax-equivalent yields of other student loan backed variable rate securities of similar credit worthiness and similar effective maturities.

F-26

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9 — ASSETS AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE (continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments

We have entered into interest rate and cross currency swap agreements to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency risks. The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and implied volatilities. To comply with the provisions of ASC 820, we incorporate credit valuation adjustments to reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements.

Although we determined the majority of the inputs used to value our derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with our derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by us and our counterparties. We assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of our derivative positions, and at December 31, 2012 and 2011, we determined the credit valuation adjustments were not significant to the overall valuation of our derivatives.

The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall (dollars in millions):


	December 31, 2012
	Fair Value			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair Value			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets and Liabilities (Level 1)			Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Investments of insurance subsidiaries:
Debt securities:
States and municipalities	$	418		$	—		$	418	$	—
Auction rate securities		68			—			—		68
Asset-backed securities		14			—			14		—
Money market funds		67			67			—		—

		567			67			432		68
Equity securities		3			1			—		2

Investments of insurance subsidiaries		570			68			432		70
Less amounts classified as current assets		(55	)		(55	)		—		—

	$	515		$	13		$	432	$	70

Liabilities:
Cross currency swap (Income taxes and other liabilities)	$	13		$	—		$	13	$	—
Interest rate swaps (Income taxes and other liabilities)		429			—			429		—

F-27

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9 — ASSETS AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE (continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)


	December 31, 2011
				Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair Value			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets and Liabilities (Level 1)			Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Investments of insurance subsidiaries:
Debt securities:
States and municipalities	$	417		$	—		$	417		$	—
Auction rate securities		131			—			—			131
Asset-backed securities		20			—			20			—
Money market funds		53			53			—			—

		621			53			437			131
Equity securities		7			1			5			1

Investments of insurance subsidiaries		628			54			442			132
Less amounts classified as current assets		(80	)		(54	)		(26	)		—

	$	548		$	—		$	416		$	132

Liabilities:
Cross currency swap (Income taxes and other liabilities)	$	16		$	—		$	16		$	—
Interest rate swaps (Income taxes and other liabilities)		399			—			399			—

The following table summarizes the activity related to the auction rate and equity securities investments of our insurance subsidiaries which have fair value measurements based on significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions):


Asset balances at December 31, 2011	$	132
Unrealized gains included in other comprehensive income		3
Settlements		(65	)

Asset balances at December 31, 2012	$	70

The estimated fair value of our long-term debt was $30.781 billion and $27.199 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, compared to carrying amounts aggregating $28.930 billion and $27.052 billion, respectively. The estimates of fair value are generally based upon the quoted market prices or quoted market prices for similar issues of long-term debt with the same maturities.

F-28

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 — LONG-TERM DEBT

A summary of long-term debt at December 31, including related interest rates at December 31, 2012, follows (dollars in millions):


	2012		2011
Senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (effective interest rate of 1.7%)	$	1,470	$	2,155
Senior secured revolving credit facility		—		—
Senior secured term loan facilities (effective interest rate of 5.6%)		5,958		7,425
Senior secured first lien notes (effective interest rate of 7.1%)		9,688		7,081
Other senior secured debt (effective interest rate of 7.0%)		423		350

First lien debt		17,539		17,011
Senior secured second lien notes (effective interest rate of 11.0%)		197		197
Senior unsecured notes (effective interest rate of 7.1%)		11,194		9,844

Total debt (average life of 7.1 years, rates averaging 6.6%)		28,930		27,052
Less amounts due within one year		1,435		1,407

	$	27,495	$	25,645

2012 Activity

During October 2012, we replaced our $2.000 billion senior secured revolving credit facility maturing on November 17, 2015, with a new facility on substantially the same terms other than foregoing a scheduled increase in interest rates and extending the maturity date to November 17, 2016.

During December 2012, we issued $1.000 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.25% senior unsecured notes due 2021 (the “December 2012 Notes”). After the payment of related fees and expenses, we used the proceeds to pay a distribution to our stockholders and holders of certain vested stock awards.

2011 Activity

During August 2011, we issued $5.000 billion aggregate principal amount of notes, comprised of $3.000 billion of 6.50% senior secured first lien notes due 2020 and $2.000 billion of 7.50% senior unsecured notes due 2022. We used the net proceeds from these debt issuances to redeem all of our outstanding $1.578 billion 9⁵/₈%/10³/₈% second lien toggle notes due 2016, at a redemption price of 106.783% of the principal amount, and all of our outstanding $3.200 billion 9¹/₄% second lien notes due 2016, at a redemption price of 106.513% of the principal amount. The pretax loss on retirement of debt related to these redemptions was $406 million.

F-29

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 — LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

2011 Activity (continued)

During October 2011, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 8.00% senior unsecured notes due 2018. We used the net proceed for general corporate purposes, which included funding a portion of the acquisition of the remaining interest in HealthONE.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities And Other First Lien Debt

We have entered into the following senior secured credit facilities: (i) a $2.500 billion asset-based revolving credit facility maturing on September 30, 2016 with a borrowing base of 85% of eligible accounts receivable, subject to customary reserves and eligibility criteria ($1.470 billion outstanding at December 31, 2012) (the “ABL credit facility”); (ii) a $2.000 billion senior secured revolving credit facility maturing on November 17, 2016 (none outstanding at December 31, 2012 without giving effect to certain outstanding letters of credit); (iii) a $542 million senior secured term loan A-2 facility maturing on May 2, 2016; (iv) a $726 million senior secured term loan A-3 facility maturing on February 2, 2016; (v) a $2.000 billion senior secured term loan B-2 facility maturing on March 31, 2017; (vi) a $2.373 billion senior secured term loan B-3 facility maturing on May 1, 2018; and (vii) a €241 million, or $317 million-equivalent, senior secured European term loan facility maturing on November 17, 2013. We refer to the facilities described under (ii) through (vii) above, collectively, as the “cash flow credit facility” and, together with the ABL credit facility, the “senior secured credit facilities.”

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (2) the prime rate of Bank of America or (b) a LIBOR rate for the currency of such borrowing for the relevant interest period, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities may be reduced subject to attaining certain leverage ratios.

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our (and some or all of our subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness, repay subordinated indebtedness, create liens on assets, sell assets, make investments, loans or advances, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, pay dividends and distributions, and enter into sale and leaseback transactions. In addition, we are required to satisfy and maintain a maximum total leverage ratio covenant under the cash flow credit facility and, in certain situations under the ABL credit facility, a minimum interest coverage ratio covenant.

Senior secured first lien notes consist of (i) $1.500 billion aggregate principal amount of 8¹/₂% senior secured first lien notes due 2019; (ii) $1.250 billion aggregate principal amount of 7⁷/₈% senior secured first lien notes due 2020; (iii) $1.400 billion aggregate principal amount of 7¹/₄% senior secured first lien notes due 2020; (iv) $3.000 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior secured first lien notes due 2020; (v) $1.350 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.875% first lien notes due 2022; (vi) $1.250 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.75% first lien notes due 2023; and (vii) $62 million of unamortized debt discounts that reduce the senior secured first lien indebtedness. Capital leases and other secured debt totaled $423 million at December 31, 2012.

We use interest rate swap agreements to manage the variable rate exposure of our debt portfolio. At December 31, 2012, we had entered into effective interest rate swap agreements, in a total notional amount of $4.500 billion, in order to hedge a portion of our exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with the senior secured credit facility. The effect of the interest rate swaps is reflected in the effective interest rates for the senior secured credit facilities.

F-30

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 — LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

Senior Secured Second Lien Notes

Senior secured second lien notes is comprised of $201 million aggregate principal amount of 9⁷/₈% senior secured second lien notes due 2017 and $4 million of unamortized debt discounts that reduce the senior secured second lien indebtedness.

Senior Unsecured Notes

Senior unsecured notes consist of (i) $7.541 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes with maturities ranging from 2013 to 2033; (ii) an aggregate principal amount of $246 million medium-term notes with maturities ranging from 2014 to 2025; (iii) an aggregate principal amount of $886 million debentures with maturities ranging from 2015 to 2095; (iv) an aggregate principal amount of $1.525 billion senior notes due 2021 issued by HCA Holdings, Inc. (the “2021 Notes”); (v) an aggregate principal amount of $1.000 billion senior notes due 2021 issued by HCA Holdings, Inc.; and (vi) $4 million of unamortized debt discounts that reduce the indebtedness.

General Debt Information

The senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries that are “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” under our Indenture (the “1993 Indenture”) dated December 16, 1993 (except for certain special purpose subsidiaries that only guarantee and pledge their assets under our ABL credit facility). In addition, borrowings under the European term loan are guaranteed by all material, wholly-owned European subsidiaries.

All obligations under the ABL credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the receivables of the borrowers and each guarantor under such ABL credit facility (the “Receivables Collateral”).

All obligations under the cash flow credit facility and the guarantees of such obligations are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by:

•

a first-priority lien on the capital stock owned by HCA Inc., or by any U.S. guarantor, in each of their respective first-tier subsidiaries;

•

a first-priority lien on substantially all present and future assets of HCA Inc. and of each U.S. guarantor other than (i) “Principal Properties” (as defined in the 1993 Indenture), (ii) certain other real properties and (iii) deposit accounts, other bank or securities accounts, cash, leaseholds, motor-vehicles and certain other exceptions; and

•

a second-priority lien on certain of the Receivables Collateral.

Our senior secured first lien notes and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions, that secure our cash flow credit facility on a first-priority basis and are secured by second-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets that secure our ABL credit facility on a first-priority basis and our other cash flow credit facility on a second-priority basis.

Our second lien debt and the related guarantees are secured by second-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions, that secure our cash flow credit

F-31

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 — LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

General Debt Information (continued)

facility on a first-priority basis and are secured by third-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets that secure our asset-based revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis and our other cash flow credit facility on a second-priority basis.

Maturities of long-term debt in years 2014 through 2017, excluding amounts under the ABL credit facility, are $772 million, $1.045 billion, $2.265 billion and $2.210 billion, respectively.

NOTE 11 — CONTINGENCIES AND LEGAL CLAIM COSTS

We operate in a highly regulated and litigious industry. As a result, various lawsuits, claims and legal and regulatory proceedings have been and can be expected to be instituted or asserted against us. We are also subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for personal injuries or wrongful restriction of, or interference with, physicians’ staff privileges. In certain of these actions the claimants may seek punitive damages against us which may not be covered by insurance. The resolution of any such lawsuits, claims or legal and regulatory proceedings could have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

Government Investigations, Claims and Litigation

Health care companies are subject to numerous investigations by various governmental agencies. Under the Federal False Claims act (“FCA”) private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against companies that submit false claims for payments to, or improperly retain overpayments from, the government. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. Certain of our individual facilities have received government inquiries from federal and state agencies and our facilities may receive such inquiries in future periods. Depending on whether the underlying conduct in these or future inquiries or investigations could be considered systemic, their resolution could have a material, adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and liquidity.

As initially disclosed in 2010, the Civil Division of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) has contacted the Company in connection with its nationwide review of whether, in certain cases, hospital charges to the federal government relating to implantable cardio-defibrillators (“ICDs”) met the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services criteria. In connection with this nationwide review, the DOJ has indicated that it will be reviewing certain ICD billing and medical records at 95 HCA hospitals; the review covers the period from October 2003 to the present. In August 2012, HCA, along with non-HCA hospitals subject to the DOJ’s review, received from the DOJ a proposed framework for resolving the DOJ’s review of ICDs. The Company is cooperating in the review. The review could potentially give rise to claims against the Company under the federal FCA or other statutes, regulations or laws. At this time, we cannot predict what effect, if any, this review or any resulting claims could have on the Company.

F-32

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 11 — CONTINGENCIES AND LEGAL CLAIM COSTS (continued)

Securities Class Action Litigation

On October 28, 2011, a shareholder action was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee. The case seeks to include, as a class, all persons who acquired the Company’s stock pursuant or traceable to the Company’s Registration Statement and Prospectus issued in connection with the March 9, 2011 initial public offering. The lawsuit asserts a claim under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 against the Company, certain members of the board of directors, and certain underwriters in the offering. It further asserts a claim under Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 against the same members of the board of directors. The action alleged various deficiencies in the Company’s disclosures in the Registration Statement. Subsequently, two additional class action complaints setting forth substantially similar claims were filed in the same federal court. All three cases were consolidated. On July 13, 2012, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint asserting claims under Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 against the Company, certain members of the board of directors, and certain underwriters in the offering. It further asserts a claim under Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 against the same members of the board of directors and Hercules Holdings II, LLC, a majority shareholder of the Company. The consolidated complaint alleges deficiencies in the Company’s disclosures in the Registration Statement and Prospectus relating to: (1) the accounting for the Company’s 2006 recapitalization and 2010 reorganization; (2) the Company’s failure to maintain effective internal controls relating to its accounting for such transactions; and (3) the Company’s Medicare and Medicaid revenue growth rates.

Health Midwest Litigation

In October 2009, the Health Care Foundation of Greater Kansas City, a nonprofit health foundation, filed suit against HCA Inc. in the Circuit Court of Jackson County, Missouri and alleged that HCA did not fund the level of capital expenditures and uncompensated care agreed to in connection with HCA’s purchase of hospitals from Health Midwest in 2003. The central issue in the case was whether HCA’s construction of new hospitals counted towards its $450 million five-year capital commitments. In addition, the plaintiffs alleged that HCA did not make its required capital expenditures in a timely fashion. On January 24, 2013, the Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff and awarded at least $162 million. The Court also ordered a court-supervised accounting of HCA’s capital expenditures, as well as of expenditures on charity and uncompensated care during the ten years following the purchase. Should the accounting fail to satisfy the Court concerning HCA’s compliance with its capital and charity care commitments, the amount of the judgment award could substantially increase. The Court also indicated it would award plaintiff attorneys fees. HCA recorded $175 million of legal claim costs in the fourth quarter of 2012 related to this ruling; however, the Company plans to appeal the ruling.

NOTE 12 — LEASES

We lease medical office buildings and certain equipment under operating lease agreements. Commitments relating to noncancellable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (dollars in millions):


For the Year Ended December 31,
2013	$	301
2014		283
2015		225
2016		178
2017		145
Thereafter		870

		2,002
Less sublease income		(44	)

	$	1,958

F-33

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13 — CAPITAL STOCK

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the Company to issue up to 1,800,000,000 shares of common stock, and our amended and restated by-laws set the number of directors constituting the board of directors of the Company at not less than three members, the exact number to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office.

During March 2011, we completed the initial public offering of 87,719,300 shares of our common stock at a price of $30.00 per share and realized net proceeds (after costs of the offering) of $2.506 billion. On September 21, 2011, we repurchased 80,771,143 shares of our common stock beneficially owned by affiliates of Bank of America Corporation at a purchase price of $18.61 per share, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on September 14, 2011. The shares repurchased represented approximately 15.6% of our total shares outstanding at the time of the repurchase.

Distributions

NOTE 14 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

We maintain contributory, defined contribution benefit plans that are available to employees who meet certain minimum requirements. Certain of the plans require that we match specified percentages of participant contributions up to certain maximum levels (generally, 100% of the first 3% to 9%, depending upon years of vesting service, of compensation deferred by participants). The cost of these plans totaled $371 million for 2012, $322 million for 2011 and $307 million for 2010. Our contributions are funded periodically during each year.

We maintain the noncontributory, nonqualified Restoration Plan to provide certain retirement benefits for eligible employees. Eligibility for the Restoration Plan is based upon earning eligible compensation in excess of the Social Security Wage Base and attaining 1,000 or more hours of service during the plan year. Company credits to participants’ account balances (the Restoration Plan is not funded) depend upon participants’ compensation, years of vesting service and certain IRS limitations related to the HCA 401(k) plan. Benefits expense under this plan was $20 million for 2012, $25 million for 2011 and $19 million for 2010. Accrued benefits liabilities under this plan totaled $120 million at December 31, 2012 and $105 million at December 31, 2011.

F-34

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

We maintain a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for certain executives. The plan is designed to ensure that upon retirement the participant receives the value of a prescribed life annuity from the combination of the SERP and our other benefit plans. Benefits expense under the plan was $51 million for 2012, $33 million for 2011 and $27 million for 2010. Accrued benefits liabilities under this plan totaled $242 million at December 31, 2012 and $237 million at December 31, 2011.

We maintain defined benefit pension plans which resulted from certain hospital acquisitions in prior years. Benefits expense under these plans was $49 million for 2012, $39 million for 2011, and $33 million for 2010. Accrued benefits liabilities under these plans totaled $196 million at December 31, 2012 and $161 million at December 31, 2011.

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one line of business, which is operating hospitals and related health care entities. Prior to 2013, our operations were structured into three geographically organized groups: the National, Southwest and Central Groups. Effective January 1, 2013, we reorganized our operational groups into two geographically organized groups: the National and American Groups. We are presenting our segment and geographic information under both structures. The acquired HealthONE operating results have been included in the Southwest Group (American Group effective January 1, 2013) operating results for periods subsequent to November 1, 2011. Prior to November 1, 2011, the Southwest Group recorded its share of the HealthONE operating results in equity in earnings of affiliates.

At December 31, 2012, the National Group included 63 hospitals located in Alaska, California, Florida, southern Georgia, Idaho, Nevada, South Carolina and Utah, and the Southwest Group included 47 hospitals located in Colorado, Wichita, Kansas market, Oklahoma and Texas, and the Central Group included 46 hospitals located in northern Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana, New Hampshire, Tennessee, Virginia and the Kansas City market. As of January 1, 2013, the National Group includes 77 hospitals located in Alaska, California, southern Georgia, Florida, Idaho, Indiana, northern Kentucky, Nevada, New Hampshire, South Carolina, Utah and Virginia, and the American Group includes 79 hospitals located in Colorado, northern Georgia, Kansas, southern Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas. We also operate six hospitals in England, and these facilities are included in the Corporate and other group for both presentations.

F-35

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (continued)

Adjusted segment EBITDA is defined as income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, losses (gains) on sales of facilities, legal claim costs, gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment, impairments of long-lived assets, losses on retirement of debt, termination of management agreement, income taxes and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. We use adjusted segment EBITDA as an analytical indicator for purposes of allocating resources to geographic areas and assessing their performance. Adjusted segment EBITDA is commonly used as an analytical indicator within the health care industry, and also serves as a measure of leverage capacity and debt service ability. Adjusted segment EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles, and the items excluded from adjusted segment EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Because adjusted segment EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is thus susceptible to varying calculations, adjusted segment EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. The geographic distributions of our revenues, equity in earnings of affiliates, adjusted segment EBITDA, depreciation and amortization, assets and goodwill and other intangible assets are summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):


	Structure as of December 31, 2012
	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenues:
National Group	$	12,809		$	12,224		$	11,624
Southwest Group		11,506			9,311			8,700
Central Group		7,305			6,982			6,727
Corporate and other		1,393			1,165			984

	$	33,013		$	29,682		$	28,035

Equity in earnings of affiliates:
National Group	$	(8	)	$	(7	)	$	(4	)
Southwest Group		(27	)		(251	)		(277	)
Central Group		(2	)		—			(1	)
Corporate and other		1			—			—

	$	(36	)	$	(258	)	$	(282	)

Adjusted segment EBITDA:
National Group	$	2,731		$	2,531		$	2,431
Southwest Group		2,734			2,370			2,254
Central Group		1,431			1,285			1,272
Corporate and other		(365	)		(125	)		(89	)

	$	6,531		$	6,061		$	5,868

Depreciation and amortization:
National Group	$	561		$	512		$	508
Southwest Group		595			464			427
Central Group		354			347			352
Corporate and other		169			142			134

	$	1,679		$	1,465		$	1,421

F-36

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (continued)


	Structure as of December 31, 2012
	As of December 31,
	2012		2011
Assets:
National Group	$	7,770	$	7,827
Southwest Group		10,197		9,908
Central Group		5,227		5,187
Corporate and other		4,881		3,976

	$	28,075	$	26,898


	Structure as of December 31, 2012
	National Group			Southwest Group		Central Group		Corporate and Other		Total
Goodwill and other intangible assets:
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	800		$	3,160	$	1,019	$	272	$	5,251
Acquisitions		46			197		5		40		288
Dispositions		(3	)		—		—		—		(3	)
Foreign currency translation and other		(1	)		—		—		4		3

Balance at December 31, 2012	$	842		$	3,357	$	1,024	$	316	$	5,539


	Structure as of January 1, 2013
	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Revenues:
National Group	$	15,505		$	14,741		$	13,964
American Group		16,115			13,714			12,986
Corporate and other		1,393			1,227			1,085

	$	33,013		$	29,682		$	28,035

Equity in earnings of affiliates:
National Group	$	(9	)	$	(7	)	$	(4	)
American Group		(28	)		(251	)		(277	)
Corporate and other		1			—			(1	)

	$	(36	)	$	(258	)	$	(282	)

Adjusted segment EBITDA:
National Group	$	3,325		$	3,052		$	2,890
American Group		3,575			3,141			3,083
Corporate and other		(369	)		(132	)		(105	)

	$	6,531		$	6,061		$	5,868

Depreciation and amortization:
National Group	$	694		$	639		$	624
American Group		816			680			653
Corporate and other		169			146			144

	$	1,679		$	1,465		$	1,421

F-37

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (continued)


	Structure as of January 1, 2013
	As of December 31,
	2012		2011
Assets:
National Group	$	9,451	$	9,551
American Group		13,744		13,406
Corporate and other		4,880		3,941

	$	28,075	$	26,898


	Structure as of January 1, 2013
	National Group			American Group		Corporate and Other		Total
Goodwill and other intangible assets:
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	991		$	3,988	$	272	$	5,251
Acquisitions		48			201		39		288
Dispositions		(3	)		—		—		(3	)
Foreign currency translation and other		(1	)		—		4		3

Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,035		$	4,189	$	315	$	5,539


	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Adjusted segment EBITDA	$	6,531		$	6,061		$	5,868
Depreciation and amortization		1,679			1,465			1,421
Interest expense		1,798			2,037			2,097
Gains on sales of facilities		(15	)		(142	)		(4	)
Legal claim costs		175			—			—
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			(1,522	)		—
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			123
Losses on retirement of debt		—			481			—
Termination of management agreement		—			181			—

Income before income taxes	$	2,894		$	3,561		$	2,231

F-38

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 16 — OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows (dollars in millions):


	Unrealized Gains on Available- for-Sale Securities			Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments			Defined Benefit Plans			Change in Fair Value of Derivative Instruments			Total
Balances at December 31, 2009	$	14		$	(3	)	$	(106	)	$	(355	)	$	(450	)
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of $1 of income taxes		1			—			—			—			1
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of $9 income tax benefit		—			(16	)		—			—			(16	)
Defined benefit plans, net of $28 income tax benefit		—			—			(48	)		—			(48	)
Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of $94 income tax benefit		—			—			—			(161	)		(161	)
Expense (income) reclassified into operations from other comprehensive income, net of $(4), $7 and $140, respectively, income (taxes) benefits		(9	)		—			11			244			246

Balances at December 31, 2010		6			(19	)		(143	)		(272	)		(428	)
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of $1 of income taxes		1			—			—			—			1
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of $3 income tax benefit		—			(6	)		—			—			(6	)
Defined benefit plans, net of $25 income tax benefit		—			—			(42	)		—			(42	)
Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of $114 income tax benefit		—			—			—			(197	)		(197	)
Expense reclassified into operations from other comprehensive income, net of $9 and $125, respectively, income tax benefits		—			—			16			216			232

Balances at December 31, 2011		7			(25	)		(169	)		(253	)		(440	)
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of $2 of income taxes		4			—			—			—			4
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of $13 income taxes		—			24			—			—			24
Defined benefit plans, net of $33 income tax benefit		—			—			(56	)		—			(56	)
Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of $55 income tax benefit		—			—			—			(96	)		(96	)
Expense reclassified into operations from other comprehensive income, net of $17 and $44, respectively, income tax benefits		—			—			29			78			107

Balances at December 31, 2012	$	11		$	(1	)	$	(196	)	$	(271	)	$	(457	)

F-39

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 17 — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

A summary of other accrued expenses at December 31 follows (dollars in millions):


	2012		2011
Professional liability risks	$	324	$	298
Interest		409		383
Taxes other than income		235		232
Legal claim costs		175		—
Other		706		672

	$	1,849	$	1,585

A summary of activity for the allowance of doubtful accounts follows (dollars in millions):


	Balance at Beginning of Year		Provision for Doubtful Accounts		Accounts Written off, Net of Recoveries			Balance at End of Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year ended December 31, 2010	$	4,860	$	2,648	$	(3,569	)	$	3,939
Year ended December 31, 2011		3,939		2,824		(2,657	)		4,106
Year ended December 31, 2012		4,106		3,770		(3,030	)		4,846

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION

On November 22, 2010, HCA Inc. reorganized by creating a new holding company structure. HCA Holdings, Inc. became the new parent company, and HCA Inc. is now HCA Holdings, Inc.’s wholly-owned direct subsidiary. On November 23, 2010, HCA Holdings, Inc. issued the 2021 Notes. On December 6, 2012, HCA Holdings, Inc. issued the December 2012 Notes. These notes are senior unsecured obligations and are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries.

The senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes described in Note 10 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries that are “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” under our Indenture dated December 16, 1993 (except for certain special purpose subsidiaries that only guarantee and pledge their assets under our ABL credit facility).

F-40

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

Our condensed consolidating balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and condensed consolidating statements of comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, segregating HCA Holdings, Inc. issuer, HCA Inc. issuer, the subsidiary guarantors, the subsidiary non-guarantors and eliminations, follow.

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME STATEMENT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts	$	—		$	—		$	19,415		$	17,368		$	—		$	36,783
Provision for doubtful accounts		—			—			2,144			1,626			—			3,770

Revenues		—			—			17,271			15,742			—			33,013

Salaries and benefits		—			—			7,959			7,130			—			15,089
Supplies		—			—			2,995			2,722			—			5,717
Other operating expenses		3			5			3,013			3,027			—			6,048
Electronic health record incentive income		—			—			(219	)		(117	)		—			(336	)
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(1,668	)		—			(5	)		(31	)		1,668			(36	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			821			858			—			1,679
Interest expense		123			2,167			(468	)		(24	)		—			1,798
Losses (gains) on sales of facilities		—			—			3			(18	)		—			(15	)
Legal claim costs		—			175			—			—			—			175
Management fees		—			—			(569	)		569			—			—

		(1,542	)		2,347			13,530			14,116			1,668			30,119

Income (loss) before income taxes		1,542			(2,347	)		3,741			1,626			(1,668	)		2,894
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(46	)		(839	)		1,313			460			—			888

Net income (loss)		1,588			(1,508	)		2,428			1,166			(1,668	)		2,006
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			62			339			—			401

Net income (loss) attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,588		$	(1,508	)	$	2,366		$	827		$	(1,668	)	$	1,605

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,588		$	(1,526	)	$	2,339		$	855		$	(1,668	)	$	1,588

F-41

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME STATEMENT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts	$	—		$	—		$	18,126		$	14,380		$	—		$	32,506
Provision for doubtful accounts		—			—			1,644			1,180			—			2,824

Revenues		—			—			16,482			13,200			—			29,682

Salaries and benefits		—			—			7,584			5,856			—			13,440
Supplies		—			—			2,851			2,328			—			5,179
Other operating expenses		—			4			2,741			2,725			—			5,470
Electronic health record incentive income		—			—			(126	)		(84	)		—			(210	)
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(2,531	)		—			(86	)		(172	)		2,531			(258	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			777			688			—			1,465
Interest expense		120			2,390			(342	)		(131	)		—			2,037
Gains on sales of facilities		—			—			(127	)		(15	)		—			(142	)
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			—			—			(1,522	)		—			(1,522	)
Losses on retirement of debt		—			481			—			—			—			481
Termination of management agreement		—			181			—			—			—			181
Management fees		—			—			(491	)		491			—			—

		(2,411	)		3,056			12,781			10,164			2,531			26,121

Income (loss) before income taxes		2,411			(3,056	)		3,701			3,036			(2,531	)		3,561
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(42	)		(1,068	)		1,271			558			—			719

Net income (loss)		2,453			(1,988	)		2,430			2,478			(2,531	)		2,842
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			63			314			—			377

Net income (loss) attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	2,453		$	(1,988	)	$	2,367		$	2,164		$	(2,531	)	$	2,465

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	2,453		$	(1,969	)	$	2,341		$	2,159		$	(2,531	)	$	2,453

F-42

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME STATEMENT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
Revenues before provision for doubtful accounts	$	—		$	—		$	17,647		$	13,036		$	—		$	30,683
Provision for doubtful accounts		—			—			1,632			1,016			—			2,648

Revenues		—			—			16,015			12,020			—			28,035

Salaries and benefits		—			—			7,315			5,169			—			12,484
Supplies		—			—			2,825			2,136			—			4,961
Other operating expenses		—			5			2,634			2,365			—			5,004
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(1,237	)		—			(107	)		(175	)		1,237			(282	)
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			782			639			—			1,421
Interest expense		12			2,700			(761	)		146			—			2,097
Gains on sales of facilities		—			—			—			(4	)		—			(4	)
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			58			65			—			123
Management fees		—			—			(454	)		454			—			—

		(1,225	)		2,705			12,292			10,795			1,237			25,804

Income (loss) before income taxes		1,225			(2,705	)		3,723			1,225			(1,237	)		2,231
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(4	)		(955	)		1,299			318			—			658

Net income (loss)		1,229			(1,750	)		2,424			907			(1,237	)		1,573
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			44			322			—			366

Net income (loss) attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,229		$	(1,750	)	$	2,380		$	585		$	(1,237	)	$	1,207

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	1,229		$	(1,667	)	$	2,343		$	561		$	(1,237	)	$	1,229

F-43

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2012

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors		Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22		$	—		$	383		$	300	$	—		$	705
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			2,448			2,224		—			4,672
Inventories		—			—			629			457		—			1,086
Deferred income taxes		385			—			—			—		—			385
Other		122			—			342			451		—			915

		529			—			3,802			3,432		—			7,763

Property and equipment, net		—			—			7,417			5,768		—			13,185
Investments of insurance subsidiaries		—			—			—			515		—			515
Investments in and advances to affiliates		18,481			—			16			88		(18,481	)		104
Goodwill and other intangible assets		—			—			1,697			3,842		—			5,539
Deferred loan costs		32			258			—			—		—			290
Other		469			—			31			179		—			679

	$	19,511		$	258		$	12,963		$	13,824	$	(18,481	)	$	28,075

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	1,203		$	565	$	—		$	1,768
Accrued salaries		—			—			638			482		—			1,120
Other accrued expenses		30			567			464			788		—			1,849
Long-term debt due within one year		—			1,360			39			36		—			1,435

		30			1,927			2,344			1,871		—			6,172

Long-term debt		2,525			24,304			173			493		—			27,495
Intercompany balances		26,131			(12,407	)		(17,130	)		3,406		—			—
Professional liability risks		—			—			—			973		—			973
Income taxes and other liabilities		485			442			629			220		—			1,776

		29,171			14,266			(13,984	)		6,963		—			36,416

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.		(9,660	)		(14,008	)		26,847			5,642		(18,481	)		(9,660	)
Noncontrolling interests		—			—			100			1,219		—			1,319

		(9,660	)		(14,008	)		26,947			6,861		(18,481	)		(8,341	)

	$	19,511		$	258		$	12,963		$	13,824	$	(18,481	)	$	28,075

F-44

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2011

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors		Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	—		$	115		$	258	$	—		$	373
Accounts receivable, net		—			—			2,429			2,104		—			4,533
Inventories		—			—			602			452		—			1,054
Deferred income taxes		594			—			—			—		—			594
Other		50			—			184			445		—			679

		644			—			3,330			3,259		—			7,233

Property and equipment, net		—			—			7,088			5,746		—			12,834
Investments of insurance subsidiaries		—			—			—			548		—			548
Investments in and advances to affiliates		16,813			—			15			86		(16,813	)		101
Goodwill and other intangible assets		—			—			1,605			3,646		—			5,251
Deferred loan costs		22			268			—			—		—			290
Other		450			—			21			170		—			641

	$	17,929		$	268		$	12,059		$	13,455	$	(16,813	)	$	26,898

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	—		$	899		$	698	$	—		$	1,597
Accrued salaries		—			—			568			397		—			965
Other accrued expenses		15			367			449			754		—			1,585
Long-term debt due within one year		—			1,347			28			32		—			1,407

		15			1,714			1,944			1,881		—			5,554

Long-term debt		1,525			23,454			110			556		—			25,645
Intercompany balances		24,109			(12,833	)		(15,157	)		3,881		—			—
Professional liability risks		—			—			—			993		—			993
Income taxes and other liabilities		538			415			556			211		—			1,720

		26,187			12,750			(12,547	)		7,522		—			33,912

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.		(8,258	)		(12,482	)		24,508			4,787		(16,813	)		(8,258	)
Noncontrolling interests		—			—			98			1,146		—			1,244

		(8,258	)		(12,482	)		24,606			5,933		(16,813	)		(7,014	)

	$	17,929		$	268		$	12,059		$	13,455	$	(16,813	)	$	26,898

F-45

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	1,588		$	(1,508	)	$	2,428		$	1,166		$	(1,668	)	$	2,006
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in operating assets and liabilities		57			(28	)		(1,927	)		(1,765	)		—			(3,663	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		—			—			2,144			1,626			—			3,770
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			821			858			—			1,679
Income taxes		96			—			—			—			—			96
Losses (gains) on sales of facilities		—			—			3			(18	)		—			(15	)
Legal claim costs		—			175			—			—			—			175
Amortization of deferred loan costs		2			60			—			—			—			62
Share-based compensation		56			—			—			—			—			56
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(1,668	)		—			—			—			1,668			—
Other		—			14			(1	)		(4	)		—			9

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		131			(1,287	)		3,468			1,863			—			4,175

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment		—			—			(1,039	)		(823	)		—			(1,862	)
Acquisition of hospitals and health care entities		—			—			(110	)		(148	)		—			(258	)
Disposal of hospitals and health care entities		—			—			2			28			—			30
Change in investments		—			—			(11	)		27			—			16
Other		—			—			(2	)		13			—			11

Net cash used in investing activities		—			—			(1,160	)		(903	)		—			(2,063	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of long-term debt		1,000			3,850			—			—			—			4,850
Net change in revolving bank credit facilities		—			(685	)		—			—			—			(685	)
Repayment of long-term debt		—			(2,309	)		(20	)		(112	)		—			(2,441	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(60	)		(341	)		—			(401	)
Payment of debt issuance costs		(12	)		(50	)		—			—			—			(62	)
Distributions to stockholders		(3,148	)		—			—			—			—			(3,148	)
Income tax benefits		174			—			—			—			—			174
Changes in intercompany balances with affiliates, net		1,938			481			(1,960	)		(459	)		—			—
Other		(61	)		—			—			(6	)		—			(67	)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(109	)		1,287			(2,040	)		(918	)		—			(1,780	)

Change in cash and cash equivalents		22			—			268			42			—			332
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			—			115			258			—			373

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	22		$	—		$	383		$	300		$	—		$	705

F-46

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	2,453		$	(1,988	)	$	2,430		$	2,478		$	(2,531	)	$	2,842
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in operating assets and liabilities		6			71			(1,755	)		(1,275	)		—			(2,953	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		—			—			1,644			1,180			—			2,824
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			777			688			—			1,465
Income taxes		912			—			—			—			—			912
Gains on sales of facilities		—			—			(127	)		(15	)		—			(142	)
Gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment		—			—			—			(1,522	)		—			(1,522	)
Losses on retirement of debt		—			481			—			—			—			481
Amortization of deferred loan costs		—			70			—			—			—			70
Share-based compensation		26			—			—			—			—			26
Pay-in-kind interest		—			(78	)		—			—			—			(78	)
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(2,531	)		—			—			—			2,531			—
Other		—			9			—			(1	)		—			8

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		866			(1,435	)		2,969			1,533			—			3,933

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment		—			—			(910	)		(769	)		—			(1,679	)
Acquisition of hospitals and health care entities		—			—			(142	)		(1,540	)		—			(1,682	)
Disposal of hospitals and health care entities		—			—			200			81			—			281
Change in investments		—			—			34			46			—			80
Other		—			—			—			5			—			5

Net cash used in investing activities		—			—			(818	)		(2,177	)		—			(2,995	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of long-term debt		—			5,500			—			—			—			5,500
Net change in revolving bank credit facilities		—			(449	)		—			—			—			(449	)
Repayment of long-term debt		—			(6,577	)		(17	)		(46	)		—			(6,640	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(77	)		(301	)		—			(378	)
Payment of debt issuance costs		—			(92	)		—			—			—			(92	)
Issuance of common stock		2,506			—			—			—			—			2,506
Repurchase of common stock		(1,503	)		—			—			—			—			(1,503	)
Distributions to stockholders		(31	)		—			—			—			—			(31	)
Income tax benefits		63			—			—			—			—			63
Changes in intercompany balances with affiliates, net		(1,918	)		3,053			(2,098	)		963			—			—
Other		11			—			—			37			—			48

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(872	)		1,435			(2,192	)		653			—			(976	)

Change in cash and cash equivalents		(6	)		—			(41	)		9			—			(38	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		6			—			156			249			—			411

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	—		$	115		$	258		$	—		$	373

F-47

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

(Dollars in millions)


	HCA Holdings, Inc. Issuer			HCA Inc. Issuer			Subsidiary Guarantors			Subsidiary Non- Guarantors			Eliminations			Condensed Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	1,229		$	(1,750	)	$	2,424		$	907		$	(1,237	)	$	1,573
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in operating assets and liabilities		12			13			(1,759	)		(1,113	)		—			(2,847	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		—			—			1,632			1,016			—			2,648
Depreciation and amortization		—			—			782			639			—			1,421
Income taxes		27			—			—			—			—			27
Gains on sales of facilities		—			—			—			(4	)		—			(4	)
Impairments of long-lived assets		—			—			58			65			—			123
Amortization of deferred loan costs		—			81			—			—			—			81
Share-based compensation		32			—			—			—			—			32
Equity in earnings of affiliates		(1,237	)		—			—			—			1,237			—
Other		—			31			—			—			—			31

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		63			(1,625	)		3,137			1,510			—			3,085

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment		—			—			(602	)		(723	)		—			(1,325	)
Acquisition of hospitals and health care entities		—			—			(21	)		(212	)		—			(233	)
Disposal of hospitals and health care entities		—			—			29			8			—			37
Change in investments		—			—			1			471			—			472
Other		—			—			(3	)		13			—			10

Net cash used in investing activities		—			—			(596	)		(443	)		—			(1,039	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of long-term debt		1,525			1,387			—			—			—			2,912
Net change in revolving bank credit facilities		—			1,889			—			—			—			1,889
Repayment of long-term debt		—			(2,164	)		(32	)		(72	)		—			(2,268	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests		—			—			(61	)		(281	)		—			(342	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			57			—			57
Payment of debt issuance costs		(23	)		(27	)		—			—			—			(50	)
Distributions to stockholders		(4,257	)		—			—			—			—			(4,257	)
Income tax benefits		114			—			—			—			—			114
Changes in intercompany balances with affiliates, net		2,590			556			(2,387	)		(759	)		—			—
Other		(6	)		(16	)		—			20			—			(2	)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(57	)		1,625			(2,480	)		(1,035	)		—			(1,947	)

Change in cash and cash equivalents		6			—			61			32			—			99
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			—			95			217			—			312

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	6		$	—		$	156		$	249		$	—		$	411

F-48

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18 — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER COLLATERAL-RELATED INFORMATION (continued)

Healthtrust, Inc. — The Hospital Company (“Healthtrust”) is the first-tier subsidiary of HCA Inc. The common stock of Healthtrust has been pledged as collateral for the senior secured credit facilities and senior secured notes described in Note 10. Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires the filing of separate financial statements for any affiliate of the registrant whose securities constitute a substantial portion of the collateral for any class of securities registered or being registered. We believe the separate financial statements requirement applies to Healthtrust due to the pledge of its common stock as collateral for the senior secured notes. Due to the corporate structure relationship of HCA and Healthtrust, HCA’s operating subsidiaries are also the operating subsidiaries of Healthtrust. The corporate structure relationship, combined with the application of push-down accounting in Healthtrust’s consolidated financial statements related to HCA’s debt and financial instruments, results in the consolidated financial statements of Healthtrust being substantially identical to the consolidated financial statements of HCA. The consolidated financial statements of HCA and Healthtrust present the identical amounts for revenues, expenses, net income, assets, liabilities, total stockholders’ deficit, net cash provided by operating activities, net cash used in investing activities and net cash used in financing activities. Certain individual line items in the HCA consolidated statements of stockholders’ deficit are combined into one line item in the Healthtrust consolidated statements of stockholder’s deficit.

Reconciliations of the HCA Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit presentation to the Healthtrust, Inc. — The Hospital Company Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit presentation for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in millions):


	2012			2011		2010
Presentation in HCA Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit:
Share-based benefit plans	$	169		$	35	$	43
Reclassification of certain equity securities with contingent redemption rights		—			141		—
Other		(17	)		36		120

Presentation in Healthtrust, Inc. — The Hospital Company Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Deficit:
Distributions from HCA Holdings, Inc., net of contributions to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	152		$	212	$	163

Due to the consolidated financial statements of Healthtrust being substantially identical to the consolidated financial statements of HCA, except for the items presented in the table above, the separate consolidated financial statements of Healthtrust are not presented.

F-49

HCA HOLDINGS, INC.

QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in millions)

2012

First

Second

Third

Fourth

Revenues

8,405

8,112

8,062

8,434

Net income

639

(a)

485

(b)

455

(c)

427

(d)

Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.

540

(a)

391

(b)

360

(c)

314

(d)

Basic earnings per share

1.23

0.89

0.82

0.71

Diluted earnings per share

1.18

0.85

0.78

0.68


	2011
	First			Second			Third			Fourth
Revenues	$	7,406		$	7,249		$	7,258		$	7,769
Net income	$	334	(e)	$	320	(f)	$	146	(g)	$	2,042	(h)
Net income attributable to HCA Holdings, Inc.	$	240	(e)	$	229	(f)	$	61	(g)	$	1,935	(h)
Basic earnings per share	$	0.54		$	0.44		$	0.12		$	4.43
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.52		$	0.43		$	0.11		$	4.25

(a)	First quarter results include $1 million of losses on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(b)	Second quarter results include $1 million of losses on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(c)	Third quarter results include $5 million of gains on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(d)	Fourth quarter results include $6 million of gains on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements) and $110 million of legal claim costs (See NOTE 11 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(e)	First quarter results include $2 million of losses on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements) and $149 million of costs related to the termination of management agreement (See NOTE 1 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(f)	Second quarter results include $1 million of losses on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements) and $47 million of losses on retirement of debt (See NOTE 10 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(g)	Third quarter results include $1 million of losses on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements) and $256 million of losses on retirement of debt (See NOTE 10 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

(h)	Fourth quarter results include $84 million of gains on sales of facilities (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements) and $1.424 billion of gain on acquisition of controlling interest in equity investment (See NOTE 3 of the notes to consolidated financial statements).

F-50